1993 MR2 Wiring Diagram

Transcription

1993 MR2 Wiring Diagram
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram has been prepared to provide information
on the electrical system of the 1993 TOYOTA MR2.
Applicable models:
SW20, 21 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above
models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals;
Manual Name
Pub. No.
1993 MR2 Repair Manual
Volume 1
Volume 2
RM285U1
RM285U2
1993 MR2 New Car Features
Supplement
NCF083U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product
information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
NOTICE
Servicing vehicles with an SRS AIRBAG (referred to as the airbag in the
remainder of this manual) installed.
When handling airbag components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.),
always follow the directions given in the repair manuals listed above to
prevent the occurrence of accidents and airbag malfunction.
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE
THIS MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLE–
SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL
WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H
POWER SOURCE
(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
loads.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to use this manual”).
The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also
contained in this section.
J
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
K
OVERALL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
I
2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into each system circuit.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source
is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown
with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where
the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying
power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground
Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit
to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find
each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring
harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal
wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection
within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from
, to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram
at the end of this manual.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the
actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
A
: System Title
B
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only
the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the
J/B.
Example:
C
J
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the
numeral indicates the pin No.)
B
= Black
L
BR
= Brown
LG = Light Green
V
G
= Green
O
= Orange
W = White
P
= Pink
Y
GR = Gray
Explanation of pin use.
= Blue
= Violet
= Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example:
L–Y
(Blue)
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only
include those in the specification.
D
R = Red
K
: Connector Color
(Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the
Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for
the Body).
Example:
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
E
: (
) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,
etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or
specification is different.
F
: Indicates related system.
G
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
shaded section.
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and
wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s
location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the
Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the
Body and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),
this indicates the same type of wiring harness and
wiring harness connector.
H
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The
code is the same as the code used in parts position.
I
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other
parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for
further clarification).
L
: Page No.
M
: Indicates a shielded cable.
N
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the
Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
O
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and male
connectors.
Example:
Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Example:
3B indicates
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.
P
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the
parts connector name used in the wire routing section
is shown in square brackets [
].
5
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW
CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL
3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL
POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL
3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.
THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3.
DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2
FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW
STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF
THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL
7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS
STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
R
SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
SEE PAGE
21
P4
21
P3
21
P5
21
T
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
U
16
RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3B
V
SEE PAGE
14
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
26
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1
26
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
X
SEE PAGE
24
GROUND POINT LOCATION
COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
6
CODE
P2
SEE PAGE
24
WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
P6
SEE PAGE
21
21
Q : Explains the system outline.
R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
S
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order
in parts starting with that letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW
T
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the
system circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.
U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
V
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female
wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1” connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is
described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
X
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
7
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are
explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the
problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points (
,
, and
shown below) can also be
checked this way.
GROUND POINT
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
9
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a)
Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:
(b)
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal, and the
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a)
(b)
Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
(c)
10
Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a)
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,
the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting
before pulling apart.
11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking
device)
1.
PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown
on the left.
2.
DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3.
DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR
TERMINAL RETAINER.
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal
removed from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the
secondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
“Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
12
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is
according to connector body.
different
Example:
Terminal Retainer: Connector Body
Black or White : Gray
Black or White : Dark Gray
Gray or White
: Black
“Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled up
to the temporary lock position (Pull Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull
the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies
according to the connector’s shape
(Number of terminals etc.), so check the
position before inserting it.
“Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock.
13
TROUBLESHOOTING
Insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal
retainer as shown.
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock
position.
(c)
4.
Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1.
Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2.
Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3.
Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b)
5.
14
Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer
in to the full lock position.
CONNECT CONNECTOR
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
A/C
A/T
ABS
ACS
AFC
COMB.
DLC
ECT
ECTS
ECU
EFI
EGR
EGRS
Ex.
FL
HO2S
IACV
IATS
ISC
J/B
LH
M/T
MAP
MPI
O/D
PCM
PNC
PTCS
PTIS
R/B
RH
SMPI
SRS
SW
TEMP.
VSPG
VSS
VSV
w/
w/o
*
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Air Conditioning
Automatic Transmission
Anti–Lock Brake System
Air Conditioning Sensor
Air Flow Sensor
Combination
Data Link Connector
Electronic Controlled Transmission
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Electronic Control Unit
Electronic Fuel Injection
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EGR Function Sensor
Except
Fusible Link
Heated Oxygen Sensor
Intake Air Control Valve
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
Idle Speed Control
Junction Block
Left-Hand
Manual Transmission
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Multiport Electronic Fuel Injection
Overdrive
Powertrain Control Module
Park/Neutral Switch
Powertrain Control Signals
Powertrain Input Signals
Relay Block
Right–Hand
Sequential Multiport Electronic Fuel Injection
Supplemental Restraint System
Switch
Temperature
Vehicle Speed Pulse Generator
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Vacuum Switching Valve
With
Without
The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and
are not treated as being abbreviations.
15
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light.
1. SINGLE
A headlight may have either a
FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2)
filament.
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it. Some
units automatically reset when cool,
others must be manually reset.
IGNITION COIL
Converts low–voltage DC current
into high–voltage ignition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
(for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link.)
16
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current flow
in one direction but blocks reverse
flow only up to a specific voltage.
Above that potential, it passes the
excess voltage. This acts as a
simple voltage regulator.
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up
and emit light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high–voltage current
from the ignition coil to the
individual spark plugs.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes
emit light without producing the
heat of a comparable light.
FUSE
A thin metal strip which burns
through when too much current
flows through it, thereby stopping
current flow and protecting a
circuit from damage.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to
move, thereby providing a relative
display against a background
calibration.
FUSIBLE LINK
A heavy–gauge wire placed in
high amperage circuits which
burns through on overloads,
thereby protecting the circuit.
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches
to the Body, thereby providing a
return path for an electrical circuit;
without a ground, current cannot
flow.
FUEL
M
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or
many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
displays, which provide a relative
or digital display.
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
RELAY
1. NORMALLY
CLOSED
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
Basically, an electrically
operated switch which may
be normally closed (1) or
open (2).
Current flow through a
small coil creates a
magnetic field which either
opens or closes an
attached switch.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device
which creates sound waves from
current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
Opens and
closes circuits,
thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
current flow.
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific
value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
passes current through one set
of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non–adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH,
IGNITION
A key operated switch with
several positions which allow
various circuits. Particularly the
primary ignition circuit, to
become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or
RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its
resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to
the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a
signal for activation of other
components.
TRANSISTOR
A solidstate device typically used
as an electronic relay; stops or
passes current depending on the
applied voltage at “base.”
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a junction block.
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which
forms a magnetic field when
current flows, to move a plunger,
etc.
WIRES
Wires are always
(1) NOT
CONNECTED drawn as straight lines
on wiring diagrams.
Crossed wires (1)
without a black dot at
the junction are not
joined; crossed wires
(2) with a black dot or
octagonal ( ) mark at
the junction are spliced
(2) SPLICED
(joined) connections.
17
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Body]
[Engine Compartment]
18
[Instrument Panel]
19
RELAY LOCATIONS
1
: R/B No. 1
(for USA)
(for Canada)
20
Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)
2
: R/B No. 2
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
5
: R/B No. 5
Front Luggage Compartment Right
(See Page 18)
21
RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 3
Behind Combination Meter
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
22
(See Page 19)
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[5S–FE]
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
C
C
C
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
D
1 Distributor
E
E
E
E
1
2
3
4
E
E
24
ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
A/C Magnetic Clutch
Ain Flow Sensor (Air Flow Meter, 3S–GTE)
Alternator
Alternator
Check Connector
Cold Start Injector (3S–GTE)
Cooling Fan ECU (for Engine Compartment of 3S–GTE)
Cooling Fan Motor (for Engine Compartment of 3S–GTE)
Cruise Control Actuator
ECT Solenoid (5S–FE)
EFI Resistor (3S–GTE)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor)
EGR Function Sensor (EGR Gas Temp. Sensor for California) or
Short Pin (Ex. California)
5 Engine Compartment Temp. Sensor
6 Powertrain Control Module (Engine and ECT ECU)
E 7
E 8
E 9
E 10
Powertrain Control Module (Engine and ECT ECU)
Powertrain Control Module (Engine and ECT ECU)
Engine Hood Courtesy SW
Engine Oil Level Sensor (3S–GTE)
F
F
1 Fuel Pump Resistor (3S–GTE)
2 Fuel Pump Relay (3S–GTE)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)
Ignition Coil
Igniter
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Intake Air Temperature Sensor (In Air Temp. Sensor, 5S–FE)
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–GTE]
K
1 Knock Sensor
N
1 Park/Neutral Switch (Neutral Start SW) and Back–
Up Light SW and A/T Indicator SW
2 Noise Filter (for Ignition System)
N
O
O
O
S
S
S
S
S
S
1 Oxygen Sensor (Main of 5S–FE), Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Oxygen Sensor, 3S–GTE)
2 Oxygen Sensor (Sub of 5S–FE)
3 Oil Pressure SW
1 Vehicle Speed Pulse Generator (Speed Sensor, for
Speed Meter)
2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor, for ECT System of 5S–FE)
3 Start Injector Time SW (3S–GTE)
4 Starter
5 Starter
6 Starter Relay
1
2
T
T
T
Theft Deterrent Horn
Throttle Position Sensor
3 Turbo Pressure Sensor (3S–GTE)
V
V
V
V
V
V
1
2
3
4
5
6
W
1 Water Temp. Sender
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Vacuum Sensor)
VSV (for EGR System)
VSV (for A/C Idle–Up System)
VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up Control System of 5S–FE)
VSV (for Turbo Pressure Control System of 3S–GTE)
VSV (for T–VIS)
25
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
ABS ECU
ABS ECU
A/C Amplifier
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Dual Pressure SW
A/C Thermistor
A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay
Airbag Squib
Air Inlet Servo Motor
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
Ashtray Illumination
2 Blower Motor
3 Blower Resistor
4 Buckle SW
6
7
8
9
10
Cigarette Lighter
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
Clock
Clutch Start SW (M/T)
Combination Meter
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
D
D
D
D
2
3
4
5
D
D
Diode (for Electrical Idle–Up System)
Diode (for A/C System)
Diode (for Theft Deterrent System)
Diode (for Daytime Running Light
System)
6 Diode (for Power Window)
7 Door Lock ECU
F
F
F
H
3
4
5
1
I
I
I
26
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter (A/T Indicator Light)
Combination SW
Combination SW
Cruise Control Clutch SW
Cruise Control ECU
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Fog Light SW
Fuel Pump
Fuel Sender
Hazard SW
9 Interior Light Control Relay
10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
11 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW
J
J
J
1 Junction Connector
2 Junction Connector
3 Junction Connector (for Earth)
K
2 Key Interlock Solenoid
O
4 O/D Main SW
P 1 Parking Brake SW
P 2 Power Main Relay
P 16 Panel Relay
R
R
R
R
1
2
3
4
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Rheostat
S
S
S
7 Shift Lock ECU
8 Seat Belt Warning Relay
9 Stop Light SW or, Stop Light SW
and Cruise Control Stop SW
S 12 Short Connector (for Speed Meter)
S 13 Short Connector (for Speed Meter)
T
4 Turn Signal Flasher
Position of Parts in Body
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
ABS Actuator
ABS Actuator
ABS Actuator
ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
A/C High Pressure SW or Short Pin (w/o
A/C)
27 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor
5 Brake Fluid Level SW
D
D
D
D
D
8
9
10
11
12
D
D
D
D
D
D
13
14
15
16
17
18
F
F
F
F
F
6
7
8
9
10
F
Door Courtesy Light LH
Door Courtesy Light RH
Door Courtesy SW LH
Door Courtesy SW RH
Door Key Cylinder Light and Out Side
Handle SW
Door Lock Control SW RH
Door Lock Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
Door Lock Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
Door Lock Motor LH
Door Lock Motor RH
Diode (for Interior System)
Fog Light LH
Fog Light RH
Front Airbag Sensor LH
Front Airbag Sensor RH
Front Luggage Compartment
Door Courtesy SW
11 Front Side Marker Light LH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
H
H
H
H
H
2
3
4
5
6
L
1 License Plate Light
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Front Side Marker Light RH
Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light LH
Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light RH
Front Speaker LH
Front Speaker RH
Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH
Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH
Headlight LH
Headlight RH
High Mount Stop Light
Horn
Horn
Personal Light
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering ECU
Power Steering Pump with Motor
Power Steering Pump with Motor
Power Steering Relay
Power Steering Relay
Power Window SW RH
Power Window Master SW and Door
Lock Control SW LH
P 14 Power Window Motor LH
P 15 Power Window Motor RH
R
R
R
R
5
6
7
8
R
9
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Radiator Fan Motor
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Luggage Compartment Door
Courtesy SW
Rear Luggage Compartment Key
Unlock SW
Rear Luggage Compartment Light
Rear Speaker LH
Rear Speaker RH
Rear Window Defogger (+)
Rear Window Defogger (–)
Rear Woofer Amplifier LH
Rear Woofer Speaker LH
Remote Control Mirror LH
Remote Control Mirror RH
Remote Control Mirror SW
Retract Control Relay
Retract Control Relay
Retract Motor LH
Retract Motor RH
Rear Woofer Amplifier RH
Rear Woofer Speaker RH
S 10 Stereo Component Amplifier
S 11 Stereo Component Amplifier
S 14 Stereo Component Amplifier
T
5 Theft Deterrent ECU
W
W
W
2 Washer Motor
3 Washer Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan)
4 Wiper Motor
27
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[5S–FE]
: Location of Splice Points
28
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
EA1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
EA4
EB1
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
29
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[3S–GTE]
: Location of Splice Points
30
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
EA1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EIGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
EA4
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
EB1
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EC1
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
31
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
32
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 1)
ID2
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE1
IE2
IE3
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IF1
IF2
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
IH1
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
33
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
34
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1
II2
II3
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
IJ1
IJ2
IK1
IK2
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
35
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
36
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
BL1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
BM1
BM2
BN1
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
37
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,
Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
FL 1.0Y
Starter Relay
Starter
15A EFI
Starter
40A AM2
Ignition Main
Relay
7.5A ALT SENCING
Fan Main Relay
40A HEATER
Battery
FL MAIN 2.0L
120A ALT
Alternator
80A ABS
7.5A AM2
7.5A ECU–B
50A AM1
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
Retract Control
Relay
Headlight Relay
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related
system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily
on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
38
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 21
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 21
23)
(5S–FE)
(3S–GTE)
EFI Resistor
Injector No. 1
Noise Filter
Injector No. 2
Ignition Coil
Injector No. 3
Igniter
Injector No. 4
7.5A ECU–IG
20A VENT
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
Heater Relay
ABS Actuator
Power Steering
Relay
15A FR FOG
10A A/C
Blower Motor
Blower Resistor
ABS ECU
A/C Control
Assembly
Power Steering
Driver
Power Steering
Motor
7.5A PANEL
15A TAIL
20A DOOR
15A STOP
30A POWER
20A DEFOG
Ignition SW
(AM1)
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
39
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
7.5A
PANEL
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RDI FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
C3
C4 C6
Clock
97
166
100
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
Cigarette Lighter
DLC (Check Connector)
166
Cooling Fan ECU
(for Engine Compartment)
Cooling Fan Motor
(for Engine Compartment)
Brake Fluid Level SW
Cold Start Injector
Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
Auto Antenna Control
Relay and Motor
A/C Control Assembly
Ashtray Illumination
C1 C2
Air Vent Mode Control
Servo Motor
B5
Air Inlet Servo Motor
A/C Amplifier
A9 A10 A12 A13 A15 A17 A18 A19 A25 A27 B1
A/C Dual Pressure SW
ABS ECU
A7
80
C7 C8
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
40
A3 A5
A/C Magnetic Clutch
Location
CB or Fuse
58
70 52
125
Alternator
Parts
Code or
Location
97
182 168 108 176
100
182
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
97
100
144
182
A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
182 56 148 182
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 21
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 21
23)
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C17 C18 D2 D3
110
114
D6 D7
Door Courtesy Light LH
86
88 94
58
88 131 97 106 160 125 70 182
90
100
144
Door Lock ECU
Center Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Diode (for Electrical
Idle–Up System
Diode
(for A/C System)
Diode
(for Power Window)
85
85
154 132
90
122
Cruise Control ECU
Combination Meter
(Illumination)
Cruise Control Indicator
Light [Comb. Meter]
O/D Off Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
Power Steering Warning
Light [Comb. Meter]
Seat Belt Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal Indicator
Lights [Comb. Meter]
Charge Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
High Beam Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
A/T Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
Steering Position Sensor
[Comb. SW]
Wiper and Washer SW
[Comb. SW]
Dimmer SW
[Comb. SW]
Horn SW
[Comb. SW]
Light Control SW
[Comb. SW]
Turn Signal SW
[Comb. SW]
Combination Meter
Airbag Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Cooling Fan Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Open Door Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
ABS Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Check Engine Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Clutch Start SW (M/T)
52
58
97 160 154 132 119
104
58 125
80
148 70 176
106 56
100 176 176 176 176
70 176
176
176
138
104
D8
41
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
7.5A
PANEL
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RDI FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
88
90
Fog Light RH
Front Clearance Light LH
Fog Light LH
Front Side Marker Light RH
Fuel Sender
Front Side Marker Light LH
94
Fuel Pump
Fuel Pump Resistor
Engine Oil Level Sensor
PCME (Engine ECU)
E8
58
176
70
Fog Light SW
E7
PCME (Engine and ECT ECU)
PCME (Engine ECU)
PCME (Engine ECU)
Door Lock Motor RH
PCME (Engine and ECT ECU)
E6
80
88
97
100
58
E10 F1 F2
F3
F4 F5
F6
F7 F11 F12 F13
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
42
D9 D10 D11 D12 D16 D17
52 52
52
70 58 176
70 154 70
Fuel Pump Relay
CB or Fuse
Door Lock Motor LH
Location
Code or
Location
52 52
70 58
154 70
114
Door Key Cylinder Light
Door Courtesy Light RH
Parts
Door Courtesy SW RH
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
Door Courtesy SW LH
104
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 21
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 21
23)
F13
F14
H1 H2 H3
H4 H5
Ignition SW (AM2)
Junction Connector
Licence Plate Light
I1
I9
I10
I11
J1
L1
O/D Main SW
Parking Brake SW
Power Main Relay
Personal Light
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering ECU
N1
O1 O3 O4
P1
P2 P3
P6
P7 P12 P13
Power Window Master SW and
Door Lock Control SW
52
97
94 154 108 70 58 176
176 110 104
154
138
Power Window SW RH
Oil Pressure SW
58
80
70
HOS2 (Oxygen Sensor)
52
58
80
138
182
PNS (Neutral Start SW)
104
48
56
70
125
166
Back–Up Light SW (A/T)
58
70
A/T Indicator SW
Ignition Key Cylinder Light
H6
Interior Light Control Relay
131
IACV (ISC Valve)
109
Horn
85
90
High Mount Stop Light
Headlight RH
Headlight LH
Hazard SW
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Front Clearance Light RH
Front Turn Signal Light LH
97
106 94 106 100
106
132
110
43
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
CB or Fuse
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
7.5A
PANEL
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
RDI FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
P14 P15 P16 R1
R2
R4 R5
R6
R7
Remote Control Mirror RH
Remote Control Mirror LH
136
Rear Woofer Amplifier RH
170
Rear Woofer Amplifier LH
144
Rear Window Defogger
104
Back–Up Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Rear Turn Signal Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Stop Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Tail and Rear Side Marker
Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH]
Back–Up Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Rear Turn Signal Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Stop Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Tail and Rear Side Marker
Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH]
Rear Luggage Compartment
Door Courtesy SW
Rear Luggage Compartment
Light
Radiator Fan Motor
Rheostat
Radio and Player
97
97
97
182 108 106 109 94 108 106 109 94
100
100
100
174
R8 R10 R13 R15 R24 R17 R18
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
44
94
Panel Relay
Location
Code or
Location
Power Window Motor RH
Parts
30A
110
Power Window Motor LH
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page 20
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 21
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 21
23)
Retract Control Relay
R19
R20
Start Injector Time SW
Starter Relay
Shift Lock ECU
Seat Belt Warning Relay
Stop Light SW
R21 R22 R23 S1
S3
S6 S7
S8
S9
Turn Signal Flasher
Theft Deterrent ECU
VSV (for EGR System)
S10 S11 T1
T4
T5
V2 V3 V4
V5 V6
176 122 182 122 144
Taillight Relay
Defogger Relay
Wiper Motor
Water Temp. Sender
(for Radiator Fan)
58
Washer Motor
58 70
70
70 182
Water Temp. Sender
138 106 138
VSV (for T–VIS)
97
100
170
VSV
(for A/C Idle–Up System)
VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up
Control System)
VSV (for Turbo Pressure
Control System)
Theft Deterrent Horn
85
90
58 109
52
146 119 146 148
160 52
138
154 160
Stereo Component
Amplifier
Retract Motor RH
85
82
90
97 94
138 100
Retract Motor LH
VSPG (Speed Sensor)
Retract Control Relay
(Canada)
Remote Control Mirror SW
82
88
136
94
100
48
82
90
94
97
100
138
166
W1 W2 W3 W4
45
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
Horn Relay
Heater Relay
Fan Relay No. 3
Fan Relay No. 2
Fan Relay No. 1
Front Fog Light Relay
82
131
88 182 138
90
182
Fan Main Relay
Ignition Main Relay
Location
Code or
Location
58 48
70 58
154 70
EFI Main Relay
Circuit Opening Relay
Parts
80
Cooling Fan Relay
(for Engine Compartment)
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
58
70
CB or Fuse
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
7.5A
PANEL
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RDI FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
46
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 21
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 21
23)
POWER SOURCE
7. 5A ALT
SENCING
2
1
W
5
5
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
W–R
3
5
W
2
2
15A HEAD (RH)
5
R
1
5
R–B
3
5
R–G
1
5
5
15A HEAD (LH)
W
W
2
15A FR FOG
R–B
1
5
5
W
B4
W
W
2
7. 5A ECU–B
W–R
1
5
5
7. 5A AM2
B–R
3
W
B
5
TO
ABS ACTUATOR
5
3
5
HEATER
RELAY
W
W
W
P–G
5
2
2
15A HAZ–HORN
5
30A RTR
1
B6
4
5
5
5
L
R–L
5
15A DOME
5
5
2
4
L
2
10A A/C
7
FL MAIN
2. 0L
5
3
5
5
L–R
1
5
9
R
4
40A HTR
80A ABS
B
5
6
120A ALT
8
40A AM2
W
10
5
50A AM1
5
W
B–W
5
R–G
3
W–B
W
G–R
1
5
5
W
W–B
W
B–R
TO ALTERNATOR
5
2
BATTERY
W
W
4
5
5
B–O
5
30A CDS FAN
5
W–R
1
5
W–B
3
1
2
5
L–R
3
5
5
30A RDI FAN
FAN MAIN
RELAY
B–R
1
II1
48
B–R
1
IE2
B–R
1
15A STOP
2
1
R–W
1
20A DEFOG
L–R
3
1
W
15A TAIL
4
W
W
1
30A POWER
2
L
1
W
22
W
II2
I10
1
20A DOOR
3
1
W–L
1
7. 5A PANEL
(FOR CANADA)
4
W
W
1
B–R
13
ACC
AM1
9
I11
IGNITION SW
IG1
ST2
ST1
4
IG2
10
AM2
B–R
II3
2
3
L–R
1
15A RAD & CIG
2
GR
1
B–Y
B–O
1
7. 5A GAUGE
2
R–L
1
4
B–Y
IE4
1
7. 5A TURN
3
1
R–Y
1
20A WIPER
4
L
1
IGNITION
MAIN RELAY
B–O
1
3
2
B–R
7. 5A ECU–IG
W–B
3
2
4
5
2
B–Y
2
B–R
2
1
2
2
B–R
2
20A VENT
2
B–R
W–B
2
2
B–R
B–R
B23
2
2
15A EFI
1
W–R
2
49
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
2– 3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
IGNITION MAIN RELAY
5– 4: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
FAN MAIN RELAY
4– 5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
I11
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE2
IE4
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE ((RIGHT KICK PANEL))
II1
II2
II3
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I10
34
COWL WIRE
B6
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B4
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B23
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
50
STARTING AND IGNITION
1
B–R
R
IG2 9
ST2 6
R
B–O
R
I10
(A/T)
2
R
I11
IGNITION SW
(M/T)
B–R
(A/T)
P
N
1
R
II3
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
3
(* 5)
R–W
B
13
B–R
II1
B–R
1
N1
PNS
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
(* 4)
2
R
3
IE4
R
W
R
(* 5)
(* 4)
R
(A/T)
W
R
5
2
1
8
S6
STARTER
RELAY
40A AM2
4
3
B–W
W–B
9
R
(A/T)
C2
COLD START
INJECTOR
B–R
5
(* 4)
E19
(* 2)
E3
R–W
2
B
(A/T)
R–W
R
R
9
E12
R–W
E12
E21
7. 5A
AM2
5
B
E12
8 EA3
(M/T)
5
R
B–R
FROM CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
B–O
R
10 AM2
B–R
IE2
2
G
E24
G
2 IE3 (A/T)
4 BM1 (M/T)
IK1
B
14
R
G
W
W
R–B
TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(EX. * 1)
W–B
5
(* 5)
1
7 EA1
10
1 B
M
,S5 B
IC
52
G
STJ
(* 2) 11 A
(5S–FE A/T) 11 C
(* 1) 3 F
STA
S3
START
INJECTOR
TIME SW
BI
B
(A/T)
(* 4)
1
STA
B25
BG
R–W
(* 1)
2
4
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
STARTER
W–B
R
W–B
(* 2, EX. * 3)
1
A
(* 2, EX. * 3)
5 (USA)
17 (CANADA)
(* 5)
J/B
NO. 3
10
3D
W–B
BATTERY
1 A
5 EA1
W–B
8 3B
W–B
B–W
(EX. * 2 * 3)
B–R
S4
(* 3)
W–B
W–B
FL 1. 0Y
FL MAIN
2. 0L
R–B
*1 : USA (5S–FE M/T) W/O ABS, AUTO ANTENNA, THEFT DETERRENT AND POWER WINDOW
*2 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
*3 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
*4 : 5S–FE M/T
*5 : 3S–GTE
B–R
B–O
4
IE4
B–O
B–O
2
B–O
II2
B–O
B–R
B–O
I10
2
TO RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1
3
2
5
2
IGNITION
MAIN RELAY
1
I2
IGNITION
COIL
2
2
W–B
IG–
W–B
2
B–R
B–R
W–B
C1
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
4
2
18
2
1
TO EFI RESISTOR
(3S–GTE)
TO INJECTORS
(5S–FE)
B–W
2
R
(A/T)
B–R
4
B–R
EB1
B–R
B–R
TO TACHOMETER
B–R
B–W
1
EB1
5
B–R
B–R
5
B–R
B
B–W
EB1
3
1
B
N2
NOISE
FILTER
17 E
IGT
IGF
NE
G1
G–
NE–
G2
W–B
18 E
NSW
5 B (3S–GTE)
(5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
W–B
22 C
BR
R
7 B
2
E17 : 3S–GTE
E 7 : 5S–FE
5 E
W
4 E
(3S–GTE)
3 E
B
22 E
R
5 D
R
17 B
17 D
(5S–FE)
(5S–FE)
(3S–GTE)
18 B
18 D
G
4 B
4 D
G
3 B
3 D
W
20 B
20 D
B
3 A (3S–GTE)
(5S–FE)
3 B
W–R
(3S–GTE)
4 A
4 B
W
(5S–FE)
2 A
2 B
(3S–GTE)
1 A
1 B
1
(A/T)
G
2
A
DISTRIBUTOR
(SHIELDED)
G
STJ
D1
I3
IGNITER
(5S–FE)
4
,E6 B
,E8
C ,E8 D
,E8 E
W–B
A
PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)
ENGINE ECU (M/T))
EA
BG
W–B
B26
E6
BI
53
STARTING AND IGNITION
SERVICE HINTS
IGNITION MAIN RELAY
(2) 1– (2) 2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
I11 IGNITION SW
10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
10–6: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
S 6 STARTER RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)
2–4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
N 1 NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)
2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C 9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)
1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
C 2 COLD START INJECTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
C2
25 (3S–GTE)
C9
26
D1
E6
CODE
E8
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B
25 (3S–GTE)
J3
26
D
24 (5S–FE)
N1
24 (5S–FE)
E
24 (5S–FE)
N2
24(5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
S3
A
25 (3S–GTE)
I2
24 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE)
B
24 (5S–FE)
I3
24 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE)
S4
A
25 (3S–GTE)
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A
25 (3S–GTE)
I11
26
S5
B
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
C
24 (5S–FE)
J1
26
S6
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
5
SEE PAGE
21
21
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EA3
EB1
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
IE2
IE3
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
34
36
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE4
II1
II2
II3
IK1
BM1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E3
E7
E12
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
E21
54
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
E17
E19
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E24
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE
I10
34
COWL WIRE
B25
ENGINE WIRE
30 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
CODE
B26
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
55
CHARGING
W
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
2
7. 5A
ALT
SENCING
7. 5A
ECU–IG
3
IE1
7 EB1
II3
1
W
IG1
W
Y
1
5
IE1
10
6
B–O
W–R
17 EA3
E17
9
1 EA4
I10
W
W
W
5
B–Y
C12
CHARGE
WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
B–O
10
B–Y
7
IG2
ST2
120A ALT
I11
IGNITION
SW
AM2
Y
3
4
W
5
W
Y
4 EA3
FROM COOLING
FAN ECU
II3
B–R
W
W
13
5
B–Y
2
B–R
5
2
W
3
W
7. 5A
AM2
1
Y
B–Y
W–R
B–O
FL MAIN
2. 0L
2 A
3 A
1 A
IG
L
S
A5
BATTERY
TO
FAN MAIN
RELAY
IC REGULATOR
56
1 B
B
A
, A6
ALTERNATOR
B
SERVICE HINTS
A 5(A) (ALTERNATOR)
(A) 1–GROUND:
13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)
0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
(A) 2–GROUND:
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A5
A
20 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE)
C12
22
A6
B
20 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE)
I11
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
17
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
24 (5S–FE)
EA3
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
24 (5S–FE)
EA4
26 (3S–GTE)
24 (5S–FE)
EB1
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
26 (3S–GTE)
IE1
28
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1
28
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
II3
30
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E17
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
26 (3S–GTE)
CODE
ENGINE WIRE
A 5 A BLACK
I10
A6 B
C12
SEE PAGE
30
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
GRAY
I11
BLACK
1
1
2
6 7
X
X
9
10
3
57
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE. ETC. AN
OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. PTIS (INPUT SIGNALS)
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ECTS (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A
RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE PCME (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE IATS (INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR) IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AFS (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP.,
WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX OF
THE PCME (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR), A HEATER IS USED
FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE PCME (ECU) (HT).
(4) CRANKSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE SPEED IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 AND G2 OF THE PCME (ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED
SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+.
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE PCME (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED METER INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER SENDS A VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE PCME
(ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(7) ACS (A/C SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL AC OF THE PCME (ECU).
(8) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE PCME (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON,
VOLTAGE FOR PCME (ECU) OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU.
(9) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE PCME (ECU).
(10) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE PCME (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL SYSTEM
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THE
PCME (ECU).
(13) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ECT. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH
ELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
58
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SMPI (EFI, ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE SMPI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO
(12)) INPUTS TO THE PCME (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE MOST
APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #1, #2, #3 AND #4 OF THE PCME
(ECU), CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE IT (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE
PCME (ECU), FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* EI (ESA, ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE EI (ESA) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12)) INPUT
TO THE PCME (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE
MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE PCME (ECU). THIS
OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE PCME (ECU) OPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP RELAY AND THUS CONTROLS THE
FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW
(TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR) TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE
OF THE SENSOR. THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 8, 9, 11)), CURRENT IS
OUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP
WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE PCME (ECU)
EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS 1, 4 TO 9, 13)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS RSC AND
RSO AND CONTROLS THE IACV (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
WITH THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM, THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 9)) FROM EACH SENSOR,
CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR AND OPERATION OF THE VSV (FOR EGR) IS CONTROLLED.
* INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
IN THE INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM, EACH CYLINDER IN THE INTAKE MANIFOLD IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS, WITH AN INTAKE
AIR CONTROL VALVE INSTALLED IN THE PASSAGE ON ONE SIDE. THE OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE PROVIDES THE
MOST APPROPRIATE INTAKE AIR FLOW AND, AS WELL AS PREVENTING PERFORMANCE LOSS AT LOW SPEEDS, ALSO IMPROVES
FUEL ECONOMY. THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (4, 5, 9, 12)), OUTPUTS
CURRENT TO TERMINAL TVIS CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR T–VIS) AND, CARRIES OUT OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE PCME (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING
SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY
(CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE PCME (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
59
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
I11
IGNITION SW
10 AM2
IG2
R
9
9
IE4
R
R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM
(SEE PAGE 48)
B–O
R
E3
R
ST2 6
C9
CLUTCH START
SW
1
2
15A
EFI
B–O
B–R
2
W–R
W–R
B–Y
1
IE4
2
3
1
2
W–B
B–R
3
5
1
2
5
4
2
1
2
2
B–Y
W–B
II1
2 EB1
B–R
B–Y
B–R
4 EB1
W
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
2
W–B
2
2
4
B–Y
2
B–R
2
1
W–B
4
2
3
2
IE2
3
7. 5A
AM2
2
EFI MAIN
RELAY
W–B
1
2
IGNITION
MAIN
RELAY
2
5
2
L–B
5
W–R
B–O
B–R
B–R
B–R
2
B–Y
2
L–B
B–O
G–R
4
R
II3
W–B
13
5
5
9
E2
EFI RESISTOR
2
L
B
Y
2
2
2
2
1
1
G–R
B–Y
B–Y
1
G–Y
B–W
1
I7
INJECTOR NO. 4
1
I6
INJECTOR NO. 3
4
I5
INJECTOR NO. 2
6
W–L
FL MAIN
2. 0L
3
R–W
W
5
I4
INJECTOR NO. 1
10
R
40A AM2
8
B–W
W–L
W–B
R–W
BATTERY
BG
60
W–B
W–B
B26
BI
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS.
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
* 3 : (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
R
1
15A
STOP
R
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
2
1
1
F2
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
9 3D
1 A (* 2)
1 B (* 3)
B–Y
1
F1
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
15
IE1
IE1
G–W
4
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G–W
L–B
1
13
L–R
R
L–W
G–W
R–L
8 B
1
W–R
3
B–Y
2
4 A
STP
5 A
E6
,E7 C
,E8 B
B–Y
B–Y
FROM
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
B–Y
E25
B–W
B–Y
12
IH1
TO
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
AC
B–W
B–Y
E23
B–W
16
IE1
B–W
16
EA3
W–L
R–W
RSO
RSC
R
2
G–Y
B–W
G
G–B
E19
1
B–W
B–Y
G–R
2
3
10 A
I1
IACV
(ISC VALVE)
2
W–B
10 B
B–Y
G–W
W–B
2
1
9 B
V6
VSV (FOR T–VIS)
1
1 B
B–Y
15 EA1
M
TVIS
TPC
L–O
#1
2 B
R–W
#2
12 B
W–L
#3
11 B
B–W
#4
FC
25 B
V5
VSV
(FOR TURBO PRESSURE
CONTROL SYSTEM)
L–B
1
24 B
G–Y
L–B
12 EA1
14 A
G–R
G–W
L–B
L–B
6 BM1
I10
A
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
E2
F4
FUEL
PUMP
G–W
B20
W
11 A
STA
1 A
BATT
13 A
FPR
L–B
L–B
12 A
+B1
6 A
+B
G–W
2
C11
5
4 A
(* 1)
L–B
A , C12 B
J/B
NO. 3
CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
2 A (* 2)
2 B (* 3)
E1
2 3C
G–W
B–Y
S9 A B
STOP
LIGHT SW
B–Y
9 3A
R–L
W–R
(* 1)
W–R
R–W
R–L
R–L
(EX. * 1)
B–W
B23
B–W
W–B
G–W
6 (USA)
4 (CANADA)
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
L–B
IC
ID
61
G–W
L–B
62
1
E25
B–Y
4
7
OX
TE2
+B
W
9
VF
1
FP
3
E1
18
B
6
TE1
IG–
B
W–R
15 C
W
11 C
20 B
5
IGF
IGT
12 C
B–R
8 C
P
VTA
4 C
IDL
P
W
14 C
TE1
IE3
C1
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
2
3
4
P
W
R–L
IE4
E6
2
1
A
4 EB1
B
4
VF
P
R–Y
P
BR
FROM CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
E3
ECTS
(EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
BR
TO ABS ECU
12
B
6 C
R–W
TE2
R
G–Y
1
B–R
2
B–W
2
8
BR
3
L–B
E25
(SHIELDED)
P–L
12
THW
G–Y
15 A
ABS
IE1
G–W
1
OX
HT
2
(SHIELDED)
8 B
B
TO DEFOGGER
RELAY
R–Y
2 3A
B–Y
B
6 B
BR
B
R–Y
TO
TACHOMETER
2
R–W
B
2 A
ELS
1
B–Y
EGR
8
O1
HO2S
(OXYGEN SENSOR)
B–R
G
J/B
NO. 3
FROM
IGNITION
MAIN
RELAY
FROM
IGNITION
COIL
B–Y
3
V2
VSV
(FOR EGR SYSTEM)
B–Y
D2
DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP)
FROM
DEFOGGER SW
FROM
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
BR
BR
1
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
2
18 EA3
E18
R–L
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
,E7 C
13
,E8 B
3 B
B
4
I3
IGNITER
5 EA3
3
B–W
IE1
E23
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
BR
E17
EA
BR
1
9
II4
5
2
II4
V–W
V–W
8 A
SPD
PSCT
13
E23
14
(SHIELDED)
P7
POWER STEERING
ECU
5
STJ
THG
,E8 B
IE3
(USA)
V–W
II4
V–W
L–Y
B–Y
G
B–Y
E4
SHORT PIN
(EX. FOR CALIFORNIA)
BR
1
FROM
COLD START INJECTOR
BR
BR
BR
BR
TO TURBO METER
[COMB. METER]
E4
EGRS
(EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR)
(FOR CALIFORNIA)
2
V–W
K1
KNOCK
SENSOR
IE3
L–Y
4
1
(USA)
D1
DISTRIBUTOR
4
13 C
,E7 C
(USA)
3
A
L–Y
2
E6
(USA)
17 B
PS
9 C
R–L
B
BR
3 C
E2
6
B
B
2 C
THA
4
B
G–
5 B
R
Y–L
5 C
VS
IE3
(USA)
1
A4
AFS
(AIR FLOW METER)
7 A
14
10 A
6 A
C11
COMBINATION
METER
B
G2
18 B
W
R–L
11 EA1
KNK
G1
4 B
G
L–B
5
(SHIELDED)
NE
3
B
L–B
2
L–B
1
(USA)
EO1
26 B
BR
L–B
1 C
PIM
T3
TURBO
PRESSURE
SENSOR
(SHIELDED)
EO2
13 B
BR
3
R–L
E17
BR
BR
R–L
E17
VC
BR
BR
E1
14 B
BR
R–L
BR
BR
BR
BR
E24
BR
2
7
E17
L–B
10 C
7 B
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
9 A
IE1
1
I4
ID
63
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
SERVICE HINTS
EFI MAIN RELAY
2– 4:
CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
E 2 EFI RESISTOR
2–1, 3, 4, 6:
4–6 I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7 INJECTOR
1–2:
2–4 F10 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
1–2:
APPROX. 0.73 E 4 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA)
1–2:
69.4–88.5 K 50°C, 122°F)
11.89–14.37 K (100°C, 212°F)
2.79–3.59 K (150°C, 302°F)
A15 AIR FLOW METER
5–6:
5–4:
5–7:
200–600 MEASURING PLATE CLOSED)
20–1000 (MEASURING PLATE OPEN)
200–400 15 K (–20°C, 4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
E 2 EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR
1–2:
7.22 K (0°C, 32°F)
3.04 K (20°C, 68°F)
1.41 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.73 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.397 K (80°C, 176°F)
T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
3–4:
2–4:
3–4:
1–4:
3.9–7.25 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)
LESS THAN 5.5 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN.)
WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN.)
0.96–1.79 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
4.38–8.13 K 25°C, 77°F)
E 4, E 5, E 6 PCME (ENGINE ECU)
VOLTAGE AT PCME (ECU) CONNECTORS
BATT –E1
+B, +B1–E1
IDL
–E2
VTA –E2
9–14 VOLTS
9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
VC
–E2
: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
VS
–E2
: 3.7–4.3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.2–0.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
2.0–4.0 VOLTS (IDLING)
1.0–2.0 VOLTS (3000RPM)
THA –E2
: 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, (68°F))
THW –E2
: 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, (176°F))
STA –E1
: 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)
#1, #2, #3, #4 – E01, E02 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
IGT
–E1
: 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (CRANKING OR IDLING)
TVIS –E1
: APPROX 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED (REGULAR GASOLINE)
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN (REGULAR GASOLINE)
APPROX 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS IDLING (PREMIUM GASOLINE)
9–14 VOLTS WITH 4200 MIN–1 (PREMIUM GASOLINE)
TE1
–E1
: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NO CONNECT
APPROX 1.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECT
AC
–E1
: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C SWITCH ON
RSO, RSC –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
PIM
–E2
: 2.5–4.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
W
–E1
: 9–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)
64
:
:
:
:
RESISTANCE AT PCME (ECU) CONNECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU)
IDL
–E1
: INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
LESS THAN 2300 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2
: 3500–10000 (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
200–800 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VS
–E2
: 200–600 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
20–1200 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
THA –E2
: 2000–3000 (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
THW –E2
: 200–400 (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
G1,G2 –G–
: 140–180 NE+ –G–
: 180–220 RSC, RSO – +B, +B1:17.7–23.9 65
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A4
25 (3S–GTE)
E8
C1
25 (3S–GTE)
F1
C9
26 (3S–GTE)
F2
SEE PAGE
B
CODE
25 (3S–GTE)
SEE PAGE
J3
26
25 (3S–GTE)
K1
25 (3S–GTE)
25 (3S–GTE)
O1
25 (3S–GTE)
C11
A
26
F4
26
P7
27
C12
B
26
I1
25 (3S–GTE)
S9
26
D1
25 (3S–GTE)
I3
25 (3S–GTE)
T2
25 (3S–GTE)
D2
26
I4
25 (3S–GTE)
T3
25 (3S–GTE)
E2
25 (3S–GTE)
I5
25 (3S–GTE)
V2
25 (3S–GTE)
E3
25 (3S–GTE)
I6
25 (3S–GTE)
V5
25 (3S–GTE)
E4
25 (3S–GTE)
I7
25 (3S–GTE)
V6
25 (3S–GTE)
E6
A
25 (3S–GTE)
I11
26
E7
C
25 (3S–GTE)
J1
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
32
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II1
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE1
IE2
IE3
IE4
II3
II4
BM1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E1
E2
CODE
30 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E25
E3
I4
E17
I10
E18
E19
E23
66
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E24
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE
30 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
ENGINE WIRE
34
COWL WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B20
B23
B26
67
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
68
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,
TRANSMISSION, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. PTIS (INPUT SIGNALS)
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ECTS (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A
RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE PCME (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE IATS (INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR) IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL THA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 AND
OX2 (CALIFORNIA) OF THE PCME (ECU).
(4) CRANKSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE SPEED ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G+, OF THE PCME (ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+.
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE PCME (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED METER INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER SENDS A VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE PCME
(ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)
THE PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL AND PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS
A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE PCME (ECU).
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS TO TARMINAL ACA OF THE PCME (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE PCME (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON,
VOLTAGE FOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE PCME (ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MAP (VACUUM SENSOR) AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIM
OF THE PCME (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(12) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH
ELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* MPI (EFI, ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE MPI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO
(12)) INPUTS TO THE PCME (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE MOST
APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE PCME (ECU),
CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE IT (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE PCME
(ECU), FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
DURING ENGINE CRANKING (SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL STA) OR FOR APPLOX. 2 SECONDS AFTER NE SIGNAL INPUT, PCME
(ECU) OPERATION ENERGIZES (POINT CLOSED) THE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT INSIDE THE CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY, CAUSING THE
FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE.
70
* EI (ESA, ELECTRONIC FUEL ADVANCE)
THE EI (ESA) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 10, 11)) INPUT TO
THE PCME (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE MOST
APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE PCME ECU. THIS OUTPUT
CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM INCREASES ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD
AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM
EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8, 11, 12)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISCO AND ISCC, AND CONTROLS THE ISC
VALVE.
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR INPUT TO
THE PCME (ECU) (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 10)) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE PCME (ECU).
* A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONER
OPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE IN
ORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE PCME (ECU) RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS (5, 6), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT.
* FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS IN
ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING.
THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (1, 2, 5, 11), OUTPUT CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND
CONTROLS THE VSV.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE PCME (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION
SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY
(CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE PCME (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
71
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
R
(M/T)
R–W (A/T)
1
(M/T)
9
IE4
R
2
(M/T)
R
(M/T)
R–W
R
R
(M/T)
R
2
(A/T)
N1
PNS
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
(A/T)
(A/T)
FROM POWER SOURCE
SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
IG2 9
8
EA3
3
R–W
E3
(A/T)
(A/T)
10 AM2
E3
B
R
R–W
N
ST2 6
(M/T)
R–W
C9
CLUTCH START
SW (M/T)
P
I11
IGNITION SW
R–W
5 EA1
B–R
B–O
B
2
13
II3
4
B
E2
15A
EFI
W–R
IE4
B–Y
1
1
B–R
2
2
5 EB1
R
(M/T)
B
B–Y
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
2
B–Y
W–B
3
4
1
4
2
5
2
2
2 EB1
L–B
W–B
W
4 EB1
3
2
W–B
2
II1
B–R
1
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
2
W–B
2
5
2
B–Y
4
2
2
IGNITION
MAIN RELAY
B–R
7. 5A
AM2
2
G–R
2
B–R
1
2
3
W–R
L–B
5
IE2
2
W–B
1
B–O
W–R
B–R
2
5
2
B–O
B–R
(A/T)
1
G–R
B–R
B–Y
W–B
B–R
2
FL MAIN
2. 0L
M
F4
FUEL
PUMP
2
B–Y
1
W–B
1
1
W
I7
INJECTOR NO. 4
B–R
I5
INJECTOR NO. 2
B–R
1
2
W
W
1
2
W
2
I6
INJECTOR NO. 3
5
I4
INJECTOR NO. 1
B–R
E9
10
W
B–R
L–B
L–B
9
40A AM2
8
B–R
5
5
(A/T) 15 BM2
(M/T) 2 BM1
W
W
E5
E11
W
W
IC
72
B26
ID
BG
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
I10
W–B
BATTERY
6 (USA)
4 (CANADA)
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
BI
* 1 : CANADA
USA (A/T)
USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
(A/T)
R–W
(M/T)
1
FROM
DEFOGGER
SW
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
R–L
(* 1)
9 3A
D2
DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
J/B
NO. 3
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L 1
13 R–L
1
R–Y
R–W
2
R–Y 1
3A
(* 1)
FROM
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
9 3D
R–L
G
3
(EX. * 1)
4 A
J/B
NO. 3
14 A
4 B
B20
9 D
9 E
23 D
23 E
B
8
(A/T)
(M/T)
11 D
25 E
12 D
12 E
(A/T)
(M/T)
2 A
12 B
14 F
7 C
15 F
15 C
VF
TE1
# 10
FPU
8 D
14 E
IE1
ELS
5 A
8 B
W
STA
ISCC
10 D
10 E
G–W
E6 A ,E6 B ,E7 F ,E7 C ,E8 D ,E8 E
PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T) OR ENGINE ECU (M/T))
G–W
22 A
G–W
15
IE1
B
G–W
NSW
W–R
FC
ISCO
+B1
+B
ISCV
7 D
1 E
11 A
2 E
EGR
B–Y
1 A
2 B
BATT
B–Y
13 A
1 B
B
8 B
15
EA1
W
12 A
7 B
A , C12
CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
2 3C
TE2
B
E1
2
C11
# 20
B–Y
R–W (A/T)
(A/T)
W–R
R–W (M/T)
(A/T)
B
8 F
3 C
B
B
R–W
7
6
9
TE2
TE1
VF1
(A/T)
P–L
W
W
3
G–B
G
G
1
L–O
R
R
G–R
G
B
B–Y
W
E10
B–Y
E16
E1
4
OX
IG–
2
3
18
B–W
W
OX2
BR
+B
8
11
B–W
FP
2
B–Y
1
G–W
V4
VSV
(FOR FUEL
PRESSURE–UP)
L–O
2
1
C1
DCL
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
B–Y
L–B
B–Y
1
B–Y
2
V2
VSV
(FOR EGR SYSTEM)
2
I1
IACV
(ISC VALVE)
V3
VSV
(FOR A/C IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
B–Y
1
G–B
8
EB1
L–B
FROM
IGNITION COIL
G–R
B–Y
B–W
B–R
W
B–R
BR
73
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
T2
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
(A/T)
E14
IDL
E2
3
2
1
P
BR
1
B–Y
LG–R
R–L
W
P
10 F
2 F
1 F
11 F
12 F
9 C
13 C
2 C
11 C
10 C
12 C
E21
E2
5 D
17 E
4 D
4 E
18 D
5 E
IDL
16 A
7 E
SPD
PSCT
VTA
PS
G–
17 D
18 E
FROM
CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
15 A
21 E
9 A
11 B
V–W
(A/T)
(M/T)
14
(M/T)
V–W
(USA)
I10
V–W
B
IE3
(USA)
5 EA3
5
(USA)
IE3
B
4
IE1
V–W
L–Y
L–Y
2 EA1
(M/T)
3 EA1
L–Y
B
(SHIELDED)
B
R
W
IE1
G
B
13
B
W
W–R
B
(SHIELDED)
B
(SHIELDED)
E5
B
B
E5
B
(A/T)
B
TO
TACHOMETER
B
(M/T)
B
20 D
22 C
G+
NE+
PIM
NE–
IGF
THG
OX1
IGT
OX2
VC
BR
2
9 F
3 D
3 E
P
E10
16 C
6 F
6 C
BR
E11
E16
BR
E4
EGRS
(EGR GAS
TEMP. SENSOR)
(FOR CALIFORNIA)
BR
16 F
5 F
1 C
BR
BR
VTA
4
R–L
BR
BR
E11
VC
BR
BR
3
W
2
LG–R
1
R–L
V1
MAP
(VACUUM SENSOR)
5
3
D1
DISTRIBUTOR
9
II4
14
13
II4
5
C11
COMBINATION
METER
(USA)
4
2
V–W
I3
IGNITER
II4
SPD
1
(USA)
3
L–Y
4
EFI
1
(USA)
2
IDUP
2
B
1
P7
POWER STEERING ECU
1
B
O1
DXYGEN SENSOR
(MAIN)
2
BR
O2
OXYGEN SENSOR
(SUB)
10 A
1
6 A
B–W
B–R
BR
BR
BR
BR
ID
74
A9
A/C AMPLIFIER
1
BR
(M/T)
(A/T)
20
R–W
2
2
8 BM1 (M/T)
2 BM2 (A/T)
17
(M/T) 6 BM1
(A/T)16 BM2
IE3
4 F
3 F
3 A
(A/T)
8 A
21 A
4 C
3 C
14 C
(M/T)
3 B
6 B
ACA
E1
EO1
EO2
THE
(A/T)
13 F
14 D
13 D
26 D
(M/T)
5 C
24 E
13 E
26 E
,E8 D
,E8 E
B
(SHIELDED)
PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T) OR ENGINE ECU (M/T))
BR
,E7 C
BR
F
BR
,E7
BR
B
BR
,E6
ACT
P–G
8
B–W
R–W
IH1
THA
(M/T)
Y
2
KNK
A
15
P–G
6 EA1
IH1
B–W
R–W
15 EA3
R–W
Y
(M/T)
2
R
E6
10
BR
I8
IATS
(IN AIR TEMP.
SENSOR)
A14
A/C THERMISTOR
THW
E3
ECTS
(EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR)
1
W–L 1
IH1
1
BR
Y–G
IH1
P–G
BR
BR
17
BM1 BM2
ACT
7
BR
E3
ACA
BR
(A/T)
14
EA3
1
K1
KNOCK
SENSOR
E5
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
E7
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
E11
BR
E16
BR
BR
EA
75
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
E 6, E 7, E 8
PCME (ENGINE ECU (M/T) OR ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T))
VOLTAGE AT PCME (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS
BATT
+B
+B1
IDL
VC
VTA
–E1
–E1
–E1
–E2
–E2
–E2
: ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
: 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
: 3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
PIM
–E2
: 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
#10, #20 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
THA –E2
: 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
THW –E2
: 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
STA –E1
: 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)
IGT
–E1
: 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING)
W
–E1
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)
ACT –E1
: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)
ACA –E1
: 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)
ISCC, ISCO–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
TE1
–E1
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECTED)
NSW –E1
: 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N RANGE)
9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) EX. POSITION P OR N RANGE)
RESISTANCE AT PCME (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL
–E2
: INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
2.3 K OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2
: 3.3–10.0 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0.2–0.8 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VC
–E2
: 3.0–7.0 K
THA –E2
: 2.0–3.0 K (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
THW –E2
: 0.2–0.4 K (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
G+ – G–
: 0.17–0.21 K
ISCC, ISCO–+B, +B1:
19.3–22.3 : PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A9
26
A14
26
C1
24 (5S–FE)
C9
26
CODE
E7
E8
SEE PAGE
C
24 (5S–FE)
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
26
F
24 (5S–FE)
J3
26
D
24 (5S–FE)
K1
24 (5S–FE)
E
24 (5S–FE)
N1
24 (5S–FE)
C10
C
26
F4
26
O1
24 (5S–FE)
C11
A
26
I1
24 (5S–FE)
O2
24 (5S–FE)
C12
B
26
I3
24 (5S–FE)
P7
D1
24 (5S–FE)
I4
24 (5S–FE)
D2
26
I5
24 (5S–FE)
E3
24 (5S–FE)
I6
24 (5S–FE)
V1
24 (5S–FE)
E4
24 (5S–FE)
I7
24 (5S–FE)
V2
24 (5S–FE)
A
24 (5S–FE)
I8
24 (5S–FE)
V3
24 (5S–FE)
B
24 (5S–FE)
I11
26
V4
24 (5S–FE)
E6
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
3D
76
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
T2
27
A
24 (5S–FE)
B
24 (5S–FE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EA3
EB1
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
28 (5S–FE)
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
34
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE1
IE2
IE3
IE4
IH1
II1
II3
II4
BM1
BM2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
IC
ID
BG
BI
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
32
32
36
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
RIGHT KICK PANEL
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E1
E2
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
E11
E14
E3
E15
E5
E16
E7
E9
E10
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
ENGINE WIRE
I10
B20
B26
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
ENGINE WIRE
34
COWL WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
77
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
78
ENGINE COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN (3S–GTE)
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
.
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
2
1
7. 5A
AM2
20A
VENT
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
7. 5A
ECU–IG
2
2
1
2
B–R
R–L
B–R
2
3
B–Y
3
13
2
II3
9 3A
B–R
I11
IGNITION SW
10 AM2
2
3C
IG2 9
ST2
J/B
NO. 3
7 EB1
I10
B–Y
(* 1)
R–L
R–L
B–O
(EX. * 1)
B–O
9 3D
1
B–O
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E17
B–Y
B–R
B–O
IE4
R–L
4
TO
FAN MAIN RELAY
2
(* 1)
13
2
1
TO
ALTERNATOR
4
4 B
C10
COOLING
FAN RELAY
(FOR ENGINE
COMPARTMENT)
A , C11
B
COOLING FAN
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
10 A
3
2
L–B
G–W
2
L–W
2
3
12
EB1
IE1
L
L–W
6 EB1
5 EA1
L–W
1
C4
COOLING
FAN MOTOR
(FOR ENGINE
COMPARTMENT)
B–Y
M
L–Y
B–R
2
9
7
2
3
C3
COOLING FAN ECU
(FOR ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
4 EA1
L
2
1
E5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
TEMP. SENSOR
(FOR COOLING FAN)
80
1
W–B
3 EA1
L–O
L
5
L–O
6
EA
SERVICE HINTS
COOLING FAN RELAY
1–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
3– 4 :
OPEN WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. BELOW 55°C (131°F)
C 3 COOLING FAN ECU
1–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–1
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
9–1
: 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C
(158°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C3
C4
C10
CODE
25 (3S–GTE)
A
C11
SEE PAGE
B
CODE
26
SEE PAGE
J1
25 (3S–GTE)
E5
25 (3S–GTE)
26
I11
26
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EB1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IE1
IE4
II3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E17
30 (3S–GTE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
C 3 GRAY
1 2
CODE
ENGINE WIRE
C4
I10
GRAY
C10
A
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
34
COWL WIRE
BROWN
C11
B
BLUE
3 X
5 6 7 X 9 X
X
1
E5
1
2
4
X
10
2
BLACK
I11
BLACK
J1
1
X
X
9
10
X
X
13
81
* 1 : CANADA
USA (A/T)
USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
W
W
W
W
1
2
1
15A
TAIL
15A
FR FOG
2
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
3
1
1
B3
W
5
G–Y
R
50A AM2
15
(USA)
12
120A ALT
R
G
R–L
5
II3
9
(CANADA)
II3
LIGHT RETAINER
RELAY
[RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY]
4 A
2 A
4 C
2 C
10 A (USA)
10 C (CANADA)
G–Y
2 B
C , R21 B
A
R20
II3
G–Y
LG
5
2
R–L
W
7 3C
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
2
LG
J/B
NO. 3
1
3
5
5
5
5
5
8
5
9 3A
(CANADA)
R–B
II2
R–L
R–Y
R–B
W
22
1
1
(USA)
5
R–B
1
3
2
W–R
1
R
1
1
FROM
HEADLIGHTS
4
5
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
15 A
15 C
W–B
G–W
R–Y
(USA)
R
18 A (USA)
18 C (CANADA)
1 B
(CANADA)
R–W
LG–R
R–Y
R–B
14
14 A
14 C
(A/T)
R–B
(M/T)
W
FL MAIN
2. 0L
13 A
13 C
R
17 A
1
(USA)
5
(USA)
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
(CANADA)
10
II3
2
II3
3
II2
10
II3
15
II3
R
2
3D
6 3D
(EX. * 1)
13
1
OFF
2
2
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
D10
DOOR
COURTESY
SW LH
TAIL
1
W–B
11
3C
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
1
IC
82
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
12
3D
W–B
(CANADA)
B11
BF
W–B
11
W–B
HEAD
W–B
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
(EX. * 1)
J/B
NO. 3
R–W
R
C15
COMBINATION SW
5
G–W
(* 1)
R
R
BATTERY
(CANADA)
LG–R
BE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 (CANADA), (F) 4 (USA) OF THE RETRACT CONTROL
REALY THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A) 2 (CANADA), (F) 2 (USA) OF THE RETRACT CONTROL REALY. THROUGH THE
TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND TO TERMINAL (A) 10 (CANADA), (F) 10 (USA) THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAILLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 13 (CANADA), (F) 13 (USA) OF
THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 2 (CANADA), (F) 2 (USA)
OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT
TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A) 13 (CANADA), (F) 13 (USA)
AND (A) 14 (CANADA), (F) 14 (USA) OF THE RETRACT CONTROL REALY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL (A) 10 (CANADA), (F) 10 (USA) OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) → TO GROUND IN THE
HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME
AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL (A) 4 (CANADA), (F) 4 (USA) OF THE RELAY),
WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL (A) 15 (CANADA), (F) 15 (USA) OF THE RELAY), THE
RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 2 (CANADA), (F) 2 (USA) OF THE RELAY TO
TERMINAL (A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A) 10 (CANADA), (F) 10 (USA) TO TERMINAL
(A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT.
AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICSLLY.
SERVICE HINTS
R20 (A) LIGHT RETAINER RELAY [RETRACT CONTROL RELAY] (USA)
(A) 4–GROUND
(A) 2–GROUND
(A)10–GROUND
(A)15–GROUND
(A)18–GROUND
(A)13–GROUND
(A)14–GROUND
(A)17–GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG
LIGHT SW ON
R20 (C), R21(B) LIGHT RETAINER RELAY [RETRACT CONTROL RELAY] (CANADA)
(C) 4–GROUND
(C) 2–GROUND
(C)10–GROUND
(C)15–GROUND
(C)18–GROUND
(C)13–GROUND
(C)14–GROUND
(B) 1–GROUND
(B) 2–GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH FOG LIGHT SW ON
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
83
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C15
26
D10
27
F3
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
R20
CODE
26
A
27
C
27
R21
SEE PAGE
B
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
32
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B3
84
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
CODE
B11
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
(5) 2– (5) 3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C11
B
26
H2
27
R22
27
C12
A
26
H3
27
R23
27
C14
B
26
J3
26
C15
A
26
R20
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
5
SEE PAGE
21
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C
3D
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I5
I10
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B3
34
COWL WIRE
B11
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B13
85
*1 : (1) A/T
(2) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR
WOOFER SPEAKER
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
W
W
2
2
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
1
3
5
R–B
R–G
W
W
5
3
3
H2
HEADLIGHT
LH
5
8
1
2
1
R–L
2
H3
HEADLIGHT
RH
R–Y
R–L
B3
R–Y
B11
R–L
10
5
R
R–Y
I5
(* 1)
R
(EX. * 1)
R
3
R
II2
6
II2
5
5
R–L
3D
C14
B
R
(* 1)
R
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
R
(* 1)
R
R–Y
4 3D
FL MAIN
2. 0L
R–L
13 A
14 A
3 A
R–L
12 A
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
OFF
HOLD
10 A
TAIL
C11
1 B
LOW
W–B
DIMMER
SW
B , C12 A
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. SW]
HEAD
FLASH
HIGH
11 A
J3
11 3C
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B 4
1 W–B
W–B
I2
IB
20 B
R
W–B
W–B
9 A
86
I10
, C15 A
COMBINATION SW
BATTERY
II2
J/B NO. 3
W
6 3D
IC
J/B
NO. 3
10
3C
W–B
13
II2
R
W
W
W
5
5
2
2
30A
RTR
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
3
5
1
5
3
5
5
R
R–G
W–R
10
DOWN
M
UP
5
Y
1
L
5
7
16
Y
L
R
G
W–R
2
4
B13
B13
Y
3
L
1
DOWN
M
UP
R23
RETRACT MOTOR
RH
5
BF
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B11
W–B
R
R22
RETRACT MOTOR
LH
3
6
Y
2
1
L
4
9
L
18
R
3
L
14
W–B
R
R
R
8
R20
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
BE
87
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS POWER WINDOW OR
WOOFER SPEAKER
FOG LIGHT (FOR USA)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
2
2
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
1
15A
FR FOG
3
5
1
5
5
R–B
3
3
R–B
R–G
R–Y
5
H2
HEADLIGHT
LH
2
H3
HEADLIGHT
RH
2
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
R–Y
3
R–Y
1
5
5
R–Y
15
II3
B4
R
B16
R
G–Y
R–Y
B5
R
G–Y
B11
4
1
R–L
1
R–L
R–Y
2
5
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
2
R
R
R
II2
R–Y
1
(A/T)
3
1
1
R
R
I5
(* 1)
14
II3
6 3D
(* 1)
(* 1)
R–B
II2
(EX. * 1)
6
17
R–B
R 14
(M/T)
R–Y
R20
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
4
II4
DIMMER SW
” HIGH”
11
W–B
R
W–B
2
B16
W–B
9
2
1 B
11 3C
10
3C
W–B
B11
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
IB
88
IC
BF
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
4
W–B
W–B
W–B
1
I2
BE
F7
FOG LIGHT
RH
LIGHT CONTROL
SW ” HEAD”
W–B
13
F6
FOG LIGHT
LH
14
W–B
12
5 A
W–B
C15
COMBINATION SW
(EX. * 1)
J/B
NO. 3
C11 B , C12 A
FOG LIGHT INDICATOR
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R
R
R
(EX. * 1)
R
R–Y
4
3D
5
3D
SERVICE HINTS
C15 COMBINATION SW
9–12: CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
FOG LIGHT RELAY
(5) 4– (5) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C15
26
F7
27
J3
26
F3
26
H2
27
R20
27
F6
27
H3
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
5
21
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
3C
22
3D
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
II2
II3
II4
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I2
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B5
I5
B4
34
COWL WIRE
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
C11
B
B11
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B16
BLUE
C12
1
A
GRAY
C15 BLACK
X
5
X
F3
1 2
F 6, F 7
BLACK
H 2, H 3
BLACK
1
X
1
2
2
9
11
X
12 13 14
J3
R20
1
3
4
X
X
14
17
89
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
W
W
W
W
W
R
5
2
2
2
15A
HEAD
(LH)
50A AM1
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
3
1
5
1
5
5
3
5
5
R–W
R–B
R–W
R–W
R
B7
R–L
3
12 A
BRK
10 A
RL
R
II2
2
LG–R
I10
5
R–L
R
HEAD
FOG
HIGH BEAM
TAIL
5 A
1 B
LOW
SWFG
1 B
R
15
9 A
20 B
W–B
W–B
W–B
11 3C 10 3C
12
3D
2
R
W–B
13
II2
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
R
W–B
1
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
II3
G–W
HIGH
11 A
GND
18 A
R
W–B
FLASH
HLD
3 A
G–W
10 A
HOLD
COMBINATION METER
3 A
OFF
B , C12 A
12 A
3 LO
B
R–L
II2
C11
13 A 2 A 14 A
LG–R
II3
R–L
R–Y
R–W
LG–R
R–W
COMBINATION SW
R–L
II2
14
H
A
13
T
A
R
R–L
R–W
II2
R–W
R–L
1
B3
R–Y
BATTERY
I5
B , C15 A
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
16
B11
6
DIMMER
SW
2
R–L
1
3
R–Y
2
R–Y
W
3
FL MAIN
2. 0L
H3
HEADLIGHT RH
W–R
5
H2
HEADLIGHT LH
R–G
R
10
C14
15A
HEAD
(RH)
W–B
2
120A ALT
8
FROM BRAKE WARNING
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
5
TO BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
5
1
J3
W–B
6
W–B
I2
W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
90
IB
W
W
W
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
B4
W
II2
5
1
1
1
2
7. 5A
GAUGE
22
W
W
W
5
2
15A
TAIL
2
3
3
4
5
1
1
1
5
G
9 3A
1
1
W
LG
R–L
1
15A
FR FOG
R–B
2
1
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
30A
RTR
5
R–L
9
II3
5
5
1
5
2
3
R20
LG
II3
R–L
12
R–B
TO TAILLIGHTS
R–G
J/B
NO. 3
R–B
B3
7
3C
A , R21 B
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
[RETRACT CONTROL RELAY]
4 A
IG
8 A
PB
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
2 A
RT
G–Y
R
RDRL 2
B
DELAY
MEMORY
5
G–Y
5
RETRACT CONTROL
CIRCUIT
PKB
5 B
SUP
SDWN
9 A
1 A
MLH LSL LSR MRH
6 A 5 A 7 A 16 A
R
4
R
R
R
W–R
G
UP
M
L
3
Y
B13
DOWN
B13
L
1
Y
3
UP
M
DOWN
R22
RETRACT
MOTOR LH
W–B
5
BF
W–B
W–B
R23
RETRACT
MOTOR RH
B11
W–B
W–B
1
2
R
4
F7
FOG LIGHT RH
2
1
R
2
FROM ABS ECU
P1
PARKING BRAKE SW
R–B
1
B16
R–B
4
FROM
ALTERNATOR ” L”
R
R
W–B
I4
W–B
L
Y
L
II4
F6
FOG LIGHT LH
13
B4
1
2
5
B16
W–B
II4
Y
11
R–B
Y
R–B
II4
W–B
L
4 B
BE
91
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY FLOWS CONTINOUSLY FROM FL 2.0L → ALT FUSE → AM1 FUSE→ TALLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) →
TERMINAL RT OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY, FL 2.0L → ALT FUSE → AM1 FUSE → FOGLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL
RDRL OF RETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE IS GENERATED AT TERMINAL “L” OF THE ALTERNATOR AND VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO
TERMINAL “L” OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THE
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS SYSTEM DOSE NOT OPERATE.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS THEN RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ’PKB’ OF THE
RELAY.
THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL,
LICENCE AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS, ETC. → GROUND.
ALSO, CURRENT FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO FOG FUSE → FOG LIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → FOG LIGHTS → GROUND, SO BOTH
TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS LIGHT UP. THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS SYSTEM OPERATES AND TAIL, FOG LIGHT HAVE
LIGHTED UP, THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHT REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).
EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL ’L’ OF ALTERNATOR, THE
TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS REMAIN ON.
IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF.
IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
SYSTEM OPERATES AND THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.
SERVICE HINTS
R20, R21 RETRACT CONTROL RELAY
RT, PB, RL–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12VOLTS
IG–GROUND:0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT LOCK OR ACC POSITION
12VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
HLD–GROUND:NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT OFF OR HEAD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HOLD OR TAIL POSITION
T–GROUND:NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT OFF OR HOLD POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
H–GROUND:NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT OFF, HOLD OR TAIL POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
GND–GROUND:ALWAYS CONTINUITY
LSL–SDWN, LSR–SDWN:NO CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT LOWERMOST POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT ANY POSITION EXCEPT LOWERMOST POSITION
LSR–SUP, LSL–SUP:NO CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT UPPERMOST POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT ANY POSITION EXCEPT UPPERRMOST POSITION
PKB–GROUND:CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)
R22, R23 RETRACT MOTOR
2–3:OPEN WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT LOWERMOST POSITION
2–1:OPEN WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT UPPERMOST POSITION
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
PLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 74)
C15 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]
9–12:CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C11
B
26
C12
A
C14
B
C15
A
F3
CODE
SEE PAGE
92
SEE PAGE
27
26
F7
27
R20
A
27
26
H2
27
R21
B
27
26
H3
27
R22
27
26
J3
26
R23
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
CODE
F6
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
P1
26
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
II3
II4
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I4
I5
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B4
34
COWL WIRE
I10
B3
CODE
B7
B11
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B13
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B16
93
W
TAILLIGHT
II2
LG
W
R20
LG
13 A (USA)
13 B (CANADA)
2
II3
B4
G
B2
G
W
LG–R
G
LG–R
10
5
A , R20 B
RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
G
120A ALT
50A AM1
2
2 A (USA)
2 B (CANADA)
LG–R
5
FROM DIODE
(FOR DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)
W
G
22
2
1
11
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B12
11 3C
W–B
B3
IC
94
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BF
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
BE
G
G
G
F11
LH
2
F12
RH
1
W–B
HEAD
BATTERY
2
F14
RH
FRONT SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
2
TAIL
1
W–B
1
F13
LH
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT
2
OFF
W–B
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
C15
COMBINATION SW
G
G
LG–R
FL MAIN 2. 0L
B11
W–B
I10
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
G
TO
PANEL RELAY
1
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
15A
TAIL
1
1
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
3
G
1
1
(CANADA)
3
(* 1)
8
W
G
1
G
I10
G
(EX. * 1)
G
1
2
G
I1
(EX. * 1)
4
G
(CANADA)
(* 1)
1
G
(* 1)
G
G
(EX. * 1)
W
LG
1 3C
G
G
(USA)
J/B
NO. 3
G
(CANADA)
G
17
II2
10
IE1
TO DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP)
G
G
G
G
G
B27
G
B28
1
1
L1
LICENCE
PLATE
LIGHT
1
TAIL AND
REAR SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT]
R6
LH
BG
W–B
W–B
B28
W–B
W–B
B28
5
W–B
5
W–B
2
R7
RH
W–B
BI
95
TAILLIGHT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
C15
26
F14
27
R6
R7
F11
27
J2
26
F12
27
J3
26
F13
27
L1
27
R20
SEE PAGE
27
27
A
27
B
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3C
SEE PAGE
22
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I1
I10
B4
96
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B11
34
COWL WIRE
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B2
B3
CODE
B12
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B27
B28
ILLUMINATION (FOR USA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A10
A12
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B
26
H1
26
A
CODE
R3
SEE PAGE
C
26
26
J1
26
R4
A19
26
J2
26
R20
26
C7
26
J3
26
S11
A
27
C11
26
O4
26
S14
B
27
C15
26
R1
A
26
F3
26
R2
B
26
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I3
I4
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I7
34
COWL WIRE
I8
34
COWL WIRE
I10
I5
97
ILLUMINATION (FOR USA)
1
1
5
15A
TAIL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
3
1
1
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
W
G
3
LG
(* 1)
W
9
6
G
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
I10
G
G
G
(* 2)
(* 1)
G
G
2
R20
RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
G
I10
(* 1)
G
(EX. * 1)
G
W
10
II3
(EX. * 1)
9
(EX. * 1)
II2
LG
22
7
(* 1)
1
G
1
(* 1)
2
1
G
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
G
G
(A/T)
OFF
TAIL
BATTERY
G
(W/ ABS)
G
1 A
8 B
4 A
5
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
I2
HEAD
18 B
G–R
G–O
4
G–O
2
G–O
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
2
G–O
LG–R
4
1
G–O
2
F3
FOG LIGHT
II3
W
FL MAIN 2. 0L
C15
COMBINATION
SW
G
(A/T)
G
5
A19
ASHTRAY
ILLMINATION
O4
O/D MAIN SW
10
2
(EX. * 1)
(W/O ABS)
I8
LG–R
50A AM1
120A ALT
G
I7
B , A12 A
G
(A/T)
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
13
2
A10
5
G–O
G–O
11
W–B
I8
G–O
G–R
G–O
W–B
98
∗1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
∗2 : M/T WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKWR
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
R 4 RHEOSTAT
1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
1
G
(* 1)
G
G
I4
(* 1)
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
I7
(* 2)
G
I10
(EX. * 1)
G
G
G
(EX. * 1)
G
G
G
(EX. * 1)
G
G
6
3B
3
9 A (W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
5 C (W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
G–O
C11
COMBINATION
METER
3B
TO CLOCK
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
G
G
(* 1)
H1
HAZARD SW
W–G
8
9
I8
1 3A
G
(* 1)
G
5 3C
(EX. * 1)
G–O
,R3 C
B
,R2
RADIO AND PLAYER
G–O
G
2
G
I5
G–O
G–O
R1
A
I3
JB
NO. 3
5
(EX. * 1)
G
(EX. * 1)
G
(EX. * 1)
1
G–O
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION
2
2 A (W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
10 B (W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
(EX. * 1)
I2
(EX. * 1)
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
G
(* 1)
I10
G
G
I10
(* 1)
G
G
(A/T)
G
S11 A , S14 B
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
3
6
B
A
TO A/T
INDICATOR LIGHT
TO CLOCK
G
G
4
(* 1)
G
2
(* 1)
5
J/B NO. 3
G–R
G–R
J/B
NO. 3
G–O
G–R
3
10
3D
W–B
11
3D
3C
W–B
4
17
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
11
W–B
1
2
(* 1)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R4
RHEOSTAT
W–B
(EX. * 1)
1
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
99
ILLUMINATION (FOR CANADA)
1
1
1
7. 5A
PANEL
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
4
2
W
1
3
1
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
3
G
LG
W
W
1
10
II3
G–W
2
1
4
2
R20
RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
5
1
G–W
W
3
P16
PANEL RELAY
9
TO IDLE–UP
DIODE
II2
LG
22
G–W
G
I10
2
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
1
G–W
1
G–W
1
4
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
15A
TAIL
I10
G–W
G–W
18 B
4 A
8 B
G–O
W
LG–R
5
2
D5
DIODE
(FOR DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT
SYSTEM)
B , A12
II3
A10
1
2
10
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
A
1 A
G–R
G–R
LG–R
120A ALT
50A AM1
13
LG–R
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
C15
COMBINATION
SW
LG–R
FL MAIN 2. 0L
I10
2
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
11
W–B
BATTERY
G–O
G–R
W–B
100
* 1 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
R 4 RHEOSTAT
1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
6 A
H1
HAZARD SW
C11
COMBNATION METER
3
9 A (* 1)
5 C (* 2)
G–O
G–O
G–O
I8
8
9
G–O
I8
G–O
G–O
I3
G–O
G–O
I2
G–W
G–W
TO CLOCK
2
W–G
R1
A
1
,R2
B
,R3
C
G–W
G
G–W
2 A (* 1)
10 B (* 2)
RADIO AND PLAYER
2
G–O
2
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION
1
G–O
A19
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION
5
G–O
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
4
6
I4
(* 1)
3 B
8
G–W
S11 A , S14 B
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
G–W
2
G
G–W
4
(* 1)
5
G
9
(* 2)
7
G–W
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
5 3C
1 3A
J/B NO. 3
11
J/B
NO. 3
3C
3
10
W–B 4
17
W–B
1
2
3D
W–B
W–B
G–R
G–W
G–R
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R4
RHEOSTAT
1
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
101
ILLUMINATION (FOR CANADA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A10
A12
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
B
26
F3
26
R2
A
R3
SEE PAGE
B
26
C
26
26
H1
26
A19
26
J1
26
R4
C7
26
J2
26
R20
C11
26
J3
26
S11
A
27
C15
26
P16
26
S14
B
27
D5
26
R1
A
26
27
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I2
I3
102
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I8
I10
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
103
INTERIOR LIGHT
* 1 : W/ DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
* 2 : W/O DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
15A
DOME
4
R
R
5
R
I10
(*2)
R
R
R
I10
(*1)
(* 1)
7
3D
R–W
W–B
2
2
4
IJ1
(* 1)
R–W
G–O
R–W
I4
I4
4
B
(* 1)
1
(* 1)
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
I18
1 B
2 B
6
B
I9
B
3 B
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY
(W/ DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT)
12 3D
J/B
NO. 3
R–B
2
R
R
IF1
R
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
R
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
1
D9
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT RH
2
1
R–W
R
I10
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
1
IF2
R–W
R–W
R
R
B18
W–B
2
IJ1
R
R
R–W
I10
G–O
R–W
R8
REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR COURTESY SW
G–O
(* 2)
R–W
I10
2
1
(* 1)
I10
1
R–L
14
(* 1)
D12
DOOR KEY CYLINDER
LIGHT
I10
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
2
IF1
(* 2)
R–W
2
1
1
G–O
R–W
DOOR
RIGHT
4
2
G–O
R–W
2 A
(* 1)
1 BL1
1
3
3 A
D8
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT LH
R
R
5
LEFT
R10
REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R–W
2
1 A
A
RIGHT
C10
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R
LEFT
1
2 3D
P3
PERSONAL
LIGHT
1
I9
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY
(W/O DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT)
(* 1)
2 BL1
R
IE1
J/B
NO. 3
3A
R–W
10
R
R
G–O
R
11
R
1 3D
R–W
R
(* 2)
3
II3
R
W–B
13
1
4 6
(CANADA)
(USA)
IC
104
W–B
I2
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IB
W–B
10
IF1
W–B
2
1
D12
OUTSIDE
HANDLE SW
LG–R
IF2
SERVICE HINTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C10
26
D12
D8
27
D9
27
D10
27
I10
26
D11
27
J3
26
I9
CODE
27
SEE PAGE
P3
27
A
26
R8
27
B
26
R10
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
5
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
22
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2
32
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
34
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1
36
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I4
34
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I18
34
COWL WIRE
B18
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I10
C10
X
BROWN
D 8, D 9
D12
2
1
2
4 5
D10, D11
2
I9
1
1
A
GREEN
1
2
3
X
1 2
I9
1
B
I10
2
J3
P3
R8
1
2
1
1
3 4 X 6
1
2
4
X
6
GRAY
R10
1
GRAY
2
105
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
7. 5A
TURN
15A
HAZ–HORN
3
1
1
5
11
G–R
R–Y
H1
HAZARD SW
10
G–R
II3
C15
TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]
8
OFF
RH
TURN
HAZARD
G–O
3C
1
J/B
NO. 3
5
G–B
I10
T4
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
3A
G–Y
3
I10
8
G–Y
C11
INDICATOR LIGHTS
[COMB. METER]
II3
3
IE1
6
3
F13
FRONT TURN
SIGNAL LIGHT LH
F14
FRONT TURN
SIGNAL LIGHT RH
2
2
IC
106
5
W–B
B28
W–B
W–B
BF
6
W–B
W–B
B12
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IE1
FROM
RETRACT MOTOR LH
W–B
W–B
W–B
5
2
BE
BG
BI
R7
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
5
G–Y
G–B
1
W–B
W–B
RH
R6
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
LH
3
1
G–Y
12
G–Y
J/B
NO. 3
10
G–B
G–Y
II3
13
3C
J/B
NO. 3
3A
G–B
G–B
W–B
G–Y
6
7 3A
8
G–Y
5
J/B
NO. 3
2
1
G–O
6
G–B
G–O
9
5
G–Y
9
G–B
7
G–B
G–W
G–O
LH
G–W
ON
SERVICE HINTS
T 4 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON
1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR WITH HAZARD
SW ON
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C11
26
F14
27
R6
27
C15
26
H1
26
R7
27
F13
27
J3
26
T4
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
3A
22
3C
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I10
34
COWL WIRE
B12
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
12 13
1
X
H1
J3
X
36
X
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
F13
C15 BLACK
1
5 6 7 8 9 10
SEE PAGE
B28
C11 BLUE
X
CODE
5
2
X
F14
3
2
3
8
R6
R7
T 4 BLACK
1
1
X
6 5
6 5
2
3
107
BACK–UP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
7. 5A
ECU–IG
3
TO
A/T INDICATOR
LIGHT (A/T)
B
,N1 A
R–B
B1
BACK–UP
LIGHT SW
7 EB1
B–Y
6 2
A B
5 1
A B
13
EA3
R–B
R–B
(A/T)
B–Y
2
R–B
E3
R–B
R–B
(M/T)
(A/T)
B27
4
4
R7
BACK–UP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT
RH]
R6
BACK–UP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT
LH]
N1
A
R6
R7
5
W–B
B GRAY
W–B
5
B1
W–B
B28
5 6
1
5 4
5 4
W–B
2
BI
BG
SERVICE HINTS
B 1(B), N 1(A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW
(A) 6–5, (B) 2–1 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B1
B
24 (5S–FE) , 25 (3S–GTE)
R6
27
N1
A
24 (5S–FE)
R7
27
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
EB1
30 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO.2
NO 2 INNER)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (R/B NO.
NO 2 INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E3
108
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
B27
B28
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
STOP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
H4
R 6, R 7
S9
A
BLUE
S9
B
1
2
1
15A
STOP
1
5
2
1
2
3
X
2
X
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
2 2
A B
1 1
A B
S9
A
4
G–W
G–W
IE1
G–W
B23
G–W
R–W
1
B
STOP LIGHT
SW
G–W
1 BN1
G–W
G–W
B27
3
3
1
R7
STOP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT RH]
R6
STOP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT LH]
2
W–B
W–B
3
W–B
B24
BN1
W–B
B28
W–B
W–B
5
W–B
5
H4
HIGH MOUNT
STOP LIGHT
BI
BG
SERVICE HINTS
S 9 STOP LIGHT SW
(A) 1 – (A) 3 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(B) 1 – (B) 2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
H4
27
R6
27
CODE
SEE PAGE
R7
S9
CODE
27
A
S9
SEE PAGE
B
26
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BN1
36
ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B23
B24
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
B27
B28
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
109
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
1
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
20A
DOOR
2
30A
POWER
3
1
1
R–L
1
2
7
9
(M/T)(A/T)
R–B
I1
J/B
NO. 3
R–B
1
2
3
1
5
L–W
R–L
R–L
3D
D6
DIODE
(FOR POWER WINDOW)
R–L
R–B
1
2
W–B
8
3C 3C
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
12
L
9 3A
15
P2
POWER MAIN
RELAY
D7
DOOR LOCK ECU
W–L
8
KEY OFF
POWER WINDOW
L–W
I10
W–B
16
4
IF2
L
2
P13
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
UP
+
–
R
6 3B
2
UP
W–B
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
DOWN
4 3B
DOWN
R
9
+
–
LOCK
IE4
7
19
10
G
IF1
2
IF2
3
IF2
R–L
W–B
G
4
10
L–W
3
R–L
4
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J/B
NO. 3
IJ2
1
IJ2
R–L
2
G
G
R
W–B
10 3D
3
2
12
IJ2
L
7
R
FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU
NORMAL
6
W–B
1
IC
IB
M
2
P14
POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH
110
UP
DOWN
4
1
1
M
2
P15
POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH
P12
POWER WINDOW
SW RH
4 6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
R
D10
DOOR
COURTESY
SW LH
1
J3
G
(USA)
(CANADA)
2
W–B
1
I2
W–B
R–W
5
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE. WITH THE IGNITION SW
TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 →
GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 9 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S).
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER
WINDOW MOTOR LH (DRIVER’S) → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND
CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING
PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL
4 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION
AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE DRIVER’S SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENT
FLOWING TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER
WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR
TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE DRIVER’S SW
BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW AND
TERMINAL 6 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE DRIVER’S SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROM
TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 4 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW
WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE
MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 6, SO THE MOTOR STOPS,
CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE DRIVER’S SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE
UPWARD DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)
WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER
WINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 →
GROUND, AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION
CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FLOM TERMINAL 1 → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR
ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE
PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN
NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE
→ TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TO
GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL
2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 OF POWER
WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S). AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. IT IS POSSIBLE
TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW BY FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BY OPENING THE DOOR (DOOR COURTESY
SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR
LOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.
111
POWER WINDOW
SERVICE HINTS
D7 DOOR LOCK ECU
8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF. BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
P12 POWER WINDOW SW RH
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF. BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
P13 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
6–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF. BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DRIVER’S SW AT UP POSITION
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DRIVER’S SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D6
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
26
P14
27
P15
27
D7
26
P2
26
D10
27
P12
27
J1
26
P13
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
32
COWL AND WIRE FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2
32
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ2
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I1
I2
112
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I10
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
113
DOOR LOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
3
1
9
3D
1
W–L
R–L
9
7
3A
8
R–L
D6
DIODE
(FOR POWER
WINDOW)
1
2 R–B
R–L
3C 3C
D7
DOOR LOCK ECU
8
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L 1
12
I1
R–B
20A
DOOR
R–B
TO
POWER MAIN
RELAY
1
1
(A/T)(M/T)
J/B NO. 3
1
15
LOCK
TIMER
KEY OFF
POWER WINDOW
UNLOCK
TIMER
16
4
3
6
9
L–R
L–W
L–B
D16
A
6 A
DOOR LOCK
MOTOR LH
W–B
W–B
W–B
B
B–Y
1
2
3
B18
10
W–B
B19
W–B
IF1
I11
IB
IF2
W–B
I2
W–B
5
D14
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW LH
4 A
3 B
B
W–B
(CANADA)
(USA)
R–B
6
W–B
6 4
2
IF2
LOCK
M
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
4 6
1
6
B
3 A
IF2
LOCK
1 A
1 B
11
W–B
2 A
2 B
IF2
UNLOCK
5 A
4 B
10
P13
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW LH
B–Y
UNLOCK
IF2 12
R–B
IF2
W–R
9
G–B
L–R
IF2
L–Y
8
L–W
IF2
W–B
W–B
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
3D
L–B
L–B
7
L–W
L–W
L–B
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
L–W
G–B
I10
W–R
4
10
114
R–B
B
I10
W–B
FROM SEAT BELT
WARNING RELAY
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5
IC
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
7
I11
UNLOCK
WARNING
SW
1
B–Y
I10
G–B
1
7 3B
B–Y
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
L
L
I10
L–B
W–B
L
7
ID
W–B
W–B
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
D17
IJ1
10
A
B
6 A
4 B
3 A
2 B
2 A
1 B
1 A
DOOR LOCK
MOTOR RH
5 A
3 B
4 A
W–B
B
8
4
IJ2
2
3
6
IJ2
5
1
2
3
R–B
B–Y
B
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
I10
IJ2
1
2
R
R
G–B
2
J/B
NO. 3
6 3B
1
2
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
I11
R
I10
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
G–B
R–W
R–B
R
12
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
13
R–W
10
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
IJ2
B
11
D15
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK
AND UNLOOK SW RH
9
B
IJ2 13
LOCK
IJ2
B–Y
B
W–B
10
B–Y
IJ2
UNLOCK
4
D13
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH
IJ2
R–B
R–B
R–B
L–B
G–B
G–B
LOCK
W–R
L–O
5
G–B
W–R
L–W
W–B
M
UNLOCK
L–O
3
W–B
L–W
DUBLE
OPERATION
CIRCUIT
W–B
L–B
D7
DOOR LOCK ECU
SEQURITY
14
4 3B
W–B
B15
W–B
115
DOOR LOCK
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU
AND TERMINAL 1 OF DIODE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 15 OF DOOR LOCK ECU.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
TO CHANGE DOOR LOCK SW AND KEY SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 10, 12 OF THE DOOR
LOCK ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL
(A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH),
(A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND
DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSES THE DOOR LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
TO CAHNGE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 11, 13
OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU, AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3
→ TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS →
TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16
→ TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK.
3. DUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS MECHANICALLY
UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9
OF THE ECU, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT
DETERRENT) OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) →
TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE
PASSENGER’S DOOR.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
∗ OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK MOTORS OPERATION)
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK
KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF THE ECU.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE
DOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SW
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED IN
MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE ECU. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT
SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN THE ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/
THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE
DOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2
SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOOR
AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE ECU. BY THIS INPUTS SIGNAL, THE ECU
WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE
DOORS TO UNLOCK.
116
SERVICE HINTS
D6 DOOR LOCK ECU
16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATIONS:
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER
FUNCTION)
* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH A KEY
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION:
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS LOCKED
* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED
14–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
5–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED
13–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN THE KEY CYLINDER
1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
9–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF, BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–5:
CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
D14, D15 KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
1–3:
CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
2–3:
CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW
2–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
D6
26
D14
D15
D7
26
D10
27
D11
27
D13
27
D16
D17
SEE PAGE
27
CODE
D17
SEE PAGE
B
27
27
I11
26
A
27
J1
26
B
27
J3
26
A
27
P13
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IF1
IF2
IJ1
IJ2
SEE PAGE
32
32
34
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LIFT KICK PANEL)
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
IC
ID
SEE PAGE
32
32
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
RIGHT KICK PANEL
117
DOOR LOCK
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I1
B15
I2
B18
I10
I11
118
34
COWL WIRE
B19
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
B4
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D10
27
J3
26
S8
26
C10
B
26
I11
26
C11
A
26
J1
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I10
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
119
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
* 1 : (1)CANADA
(2)USA (A/T)
(3)USA (M/T)WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
1
15A
DOME
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
9 3D
R
9 3A
(* 1)
R
II3
R–L
(* 1)
R–L
5
3
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R–L
1
13
2
4
J/B
NO. 3
10 3B
J/B
NO. 3
2 3C
R–L
4 A
(EX. * 1)
1 3D
C10
B
, C11 A
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
BR–R
7 B
R
R–L
12 3B
1
2
5
S8
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
TIMER
BUZZER
R
4
R
R
J/B
NO. 3
(EX. * 1)
5 3B
L
W–B
3
(* 1)
7
FROM DOOR LOCK
ECU
6
L
6 3B
R
I11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
W–B
L
1
9 3B
R–W
1
(* 1)
I10
2
1
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
B4
BUCKLE SW
2
7 3B
8 3B
W–B
5
J/B NO. 3
W–B
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
1
IC
120
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING
RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENT
FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE
WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 → GROUND AND
THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SW
ON) DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY STOPS AND THE
CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON). THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOOR
COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY, THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
SERVICE HINTS
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
S 8 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
6–GROUND
3–GROUND
7–GROUND
4–GROUND
5–GROUND :
1–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW
2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
B 4 BUCKLE SW
1–2:
CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
121
WIPER AND WASHER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
20A
WIPER
4
L
1
L
L
I5
II2
L
8
L
I13
2
W2
WASHER
MOTOR
M
L
C14
WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)
[COMB. SW]
1
W–L
12
8
II2
W–L
WASHER
HIGH
LOW
INT
MIST
OFF
WIPER RELAY
L
W–B
16
4
L–W
7
L–R
13
L–B
18
2
4
3
W–B
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W4
WIPER MOTOR
IC
122
IB
II2
1
M
4 (USA)
6 (CANADA)
9
L–W
II2
L
I2
10
L–R
W–B
II2
L–B
W–B
11
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF
THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR THROUGHT THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN
AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY
FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 15 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT
OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN
RELAY AND INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THE
CONDENSER.
4. MIST POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN
AT LOW SPEED.
5. WASHER CONTINUITY OPERATION
WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WAHSER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8
OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 15 → TO GROUND, AND CASES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN , AND WINDOW
WASHER IS JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 18 OF THE
WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
SERVICE HINTS
C14 WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)
16–GROUND
18–GROUND
7–GROUND
4–GROUND
13–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY, WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, UNLESS WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
W 4 WIPER MOTOR
3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
26
W2
27
J3
26
W4
27
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
123
WIPER AND WASHER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I2
I5
124
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I13
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
SRS (AIRBAG)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS AIRBAG, perform the operation in accordance with the following
precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model
year.
Malfunction symptoms of the airbag system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble codes become
the most important source of information when troubleshooting.
When troubleshooting the airbag system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before disconnecting
the battery.
Work must be started after 30 seconds or longer from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position
and the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The airbag system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 30 seconds of
disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the airbag may be deployed.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems
will be canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.
Then when work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before.
When the vehicle has tilt and telescopic steering, power seat, outside rear view mirror and power shoulder
belt anchorage, which are all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memory
contents. So when the operation is finished, it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, and
request the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory.
To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the
vehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface
facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care
not to damage the connector.
(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high
humidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use airbag parts from another vehicle. When replacing airbag parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble or repair the steering wheel pad, center airbag sensor assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse
it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the airbag system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10kΩ/V) tester.
The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as
are the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.
(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the airbag system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness assembly.
When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wire
harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.
(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the airbag components. Follow the
instructions on the notices.
125
SRS AIRBAG
The airbag system has connectors which possess the functions described below:
1. AIRBAG ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the
connector is disconnected, the short spring plate
automatically connects the power source and grounding
terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference
between the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM
This mechanism is designed to electrically check if
connectors are connected correctly and completely.
The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so
that the connection detection pin connects with the
diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in
the locked condition.
126
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM
With this mechanism connectors (male and female
connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase
connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs
interfere and prevent the secondary lock.
127
SRS AIRBAG
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
1
1
2
BR
7. 5A
AM2
15A
RAD
& CIG
7. 5A
GAUGE
3
2
5
7. 5A
ECU–B
2
3
1
1
5
B–R
AB
TC
II2
W
18
15
R–Y
GR
R–L
II3
W–R
12
B–R
13
E1
C1
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
1
12 EA3
1 EA3
ID1
4
I4
ACC
1
W
R–Y
ID2
2
ID2
6 A
9 A
B
LA
E2
E1
2 B
2 C
1 C
7 A
8 A
5 A
10 A
B
W
B
W
B
W–B
W–B
2
1
W–B
W–B
1
F8
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR LH
2
1
F9
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR RH
D–
D+
TC
W
C18 A , C19 B , C20 C
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
–SR
+SR
1 B
2
SPIRAL
CABLE
A16
AIRBAG SQUIB
IB
128
IE3
P–B
4 A
+SL
R–Y
11
R–Y
3 A
–SL
2
IE4
B–Y
2 A
IG1
6
ID1
1 A
IG2
W–R
W–R
GR
2
W–R
ID1
P–L
3
B–R
ID1
B–O
1
R–L
B–O
I10
3
W
9
C10
AIRBAG
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
ID
BR
W–R
I11
IGNITION SW
IG2
ST2
AM2
R–Y
10
EA
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) AIRBAG IS A DRIVER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE
TO THE SEAT BELTS.
CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY TO TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR
ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL (A) 1. AND
THE CURRENT FROM THE AM1 FUSE TO TERMINAL (A) 2.
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR, AND
SWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE
RAD & CIG, GAUGE OR AM1 FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL (A) 8 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE
AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A) 7 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5,
TERMINAL (A) 10 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.
WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR
RH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG, GAUGE OR AM1 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A) 8
OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A) 7
OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 1 OR (B) 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL
2 → TERMINAL (C) 2 OR (B) 1 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5, TERMINAL (A) 10 OR BODY GROUND →
GROUND.
WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR
RH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT
FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE BAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS
INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.
THE REASON WHY THERE ARE MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES AND GROUND POINTS IS SO THAT IN THE EVENT THAT ONE OR TWO
OF THE POWER SOURCES AND GROUND POINTS DO NOT WORK FOR SOME REASON, THE REMAINING POWER SOURCE AND
GROUND POINT WILL BE AVAILABLE TO COMPENSATE.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A16
26
C18
C1
24(5S–FE) , 25 (3S–GTE)
C10
26
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
26
F8
27
C19
B
26
F9
27
C20
C
26
I11
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
ID1
32
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR R/B NO. 1)
ID2
32
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IE3
IE4
II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
28 (5S–FE)
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I4
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I10
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
129
SRS AIRBAG
130
HORN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
15A
HAZ–HORN
1
G–R
5
5
2
HORN
RELAY
3
10
C15
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
B1
G–W
G–W
G–W
II2
G–B
7
5
G–W
G–B
5
G–W
1
1
1
H5
HORN
H6
HORN
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
(5) 2– (5)3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C15
CODE
26
H5
SEE PAGE
CODE
27
H6
SEE PAGE
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
5
SEE PAGE
21
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B1
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
131
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
2
3C
(*1)
(M/T)
7
8
3C 3C
1
12
R–L
(* 1)
(*1)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C11
TO HEATER
RELAY
6
II4
Y–R
8
GND
12
15
SS2
W–B
4
SS1
IGB
23
ISTP
SGND
17
18
19
20
LG–G
ICTR
6
W
IOVR
WL
R
4 A
12 3D
1
IGB
P7
POWER STEERING
ECU
LG–R
R–L
IFB
II4
1 A
2 A
3 A
5 A
6 A
IFB
IOVR
ICTR
ISTP
J/B
NO. 3
16
9
SGND
M+
M–
2 B
P4
C
,P5 B
CHK
W
Y–W
4 B
Y–W
LG
2
7
II4
Y–R
SS1
Y–R
LG–B
C14
STEERING
POSITION
SENSOR
[COMB. SW]
1
B4
A , C12 B
POWER STEERING
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R–L
LG
SS2
R–L
R–L
14
VS
4 A
Y–W
(* 1)
R–L
2
II3
R–L
1
C
2
C
,P6 A
B
11
B–Y
IE3
W
POWER STEERING
DRIVER
II4
W
13
R–L
R–L
(EX. * 1)
R–L
9
3D
R–L
(EX. * 1)
R–L
R–L
I5
J/B
NO. 3
9
3A
(A/T)
R–L
1
W
W–B
W–B
1 EA3
15
C1
DLC
(CHECK
CONNECTOR)
TC
E1
1
IC
132
BR
3
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
BE
W–B
EA
* 1 : (1) USA (A/T)
(2) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WIONDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : 5S–FE (M/T)
B–W
V–W
(EX. * 2)
L–Y
(* 2)
L–Y
5
6
IE3
14
IE1
B
L–Y
V–W
IE3
80A
ABS
(* 2)
L–Y
B
B
4
5
5
2 EA1
(* 2)
B
(EX. * 2)
3 EA1
D
9 A (3S–GTE)
9 B (5S–FE A/T)
11 C (5S–FE M/T)
8 A
16 B
21 D
(* 2)
7 A
15 B
7 D
SPD
PS
PSCT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
E6 A ,E6 B ,E6 C ,E8
PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)
ENGINE ECU)
V–W
V–W
I10
14
5
11
EF1
SPD
L–Y
9
MRLY
P10
B
V–W
II4
B–W
13
IDUP
B
P7
POWER STEERING
ECU
II4
LG
2
LG
II4
V–W
1
1 A
1 B
10 A
, P11 A
C11
B
12
Y–G
W–B
2 B
6 A
GND
BR
8
2 A
B
BMS
7
A
SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
W–B
MTH
W–L
POWER
STEERING RELAY
B
B6
B
B–Y
2 A
1 A
1 B
2 B
W–B
M
4
B
B7
W–B
,P9 B
POWER STEERING MOTOR
W–B
W–B
BF
BR
A
B6
W–B
P8
W–B
ID
133
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING) SYSTEM FUNCTIONS TO CHANGE THE FORCE REQUIRED FOR STEERING
MANEUVERS, AND THEREBY PROVIDE THE IDEAL STEERING FEELING FOR AT VEHICLE SPEEDS AND STEERING CONDITIONS.
THIS IS DONE BY THE POWER STEERING ECU CONTROLLING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING UPON THE HYDRAULIC
REACTION CHAMBER (LOCATED IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT) BY REGULATING THE POWER STEERING MOTOR’S SPEED
(AND HENCE THE AMOUNT OF FLUID FLOW).
EHPS OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCHED ON, STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IGB OF THE POWER
STEERING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT, TERMINAL VS OF THE STEERING POSITION SENSOR, AND TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE
POWER STEERING DRIVER.
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED AT THE SPEED SENSOR, AND SIGNALS ARE INPUT AS CONTROL SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SPD
OF THE POWER STEERING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT AND TO TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE POWER STEERING
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL EFI OF THE POWER STEERING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT
FROM THE ENGINE OF TERMINAL PSCT OF THE ENGINE AND ECT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL IGB
OF THE POWER STEERING ECU FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL MRLY OF THE POWER STEERING ECU →
TERMINAL (B) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (B) 2 → GROUND, AND THE POWER STEERING RELAY IS
SWITCHED ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY FROM THE ABS FUSE
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (B) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER AND TO
TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR.
IF THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR IS INCREASED BY INCREASING THE VOLTAGE OF
THE CURRENT THAT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE POWER
STEERING MOTOR → TERMINAL (B) 2 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER → TERMINAL (C) 2 → GROUND, WITH THE RESULT THAT
THE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID BECOMES GREATER, THUS PROVIDING A LIGHT STEERING FEELING.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR DECREASES AS A RESULT OF THE REDUCED
VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE POWER STEERING MOTOR, AND THUS THE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID IS
REDUCED, SO THE STEERING FEELING IS MORE RESISTANT.
SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER STEERING ECU
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
5–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVER VEHICLE SLOWLY)
C14 STEERING POSITION SENSOR [COMB. SW]
14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P 1 POWER STEERING DRIVER
(A)4–GROUND
(B)2–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
E6
E8
C11
A
26
C12
B
26
C14
CODE
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
SEE PAGE
D
24
P8
A
27
26
P9
B
27
J3
C
27
P10
B
27
P11
A
27
P5
B
27
E6
B
24 (5S–FE)
P6
A
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3D
134
21
27
P4
25 (3S–GTE)
3C
P7
26
A
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (5S–FE)
E6
CODE
CODE
C
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
30 (3S–GTE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
IE1
IE3
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
II4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
28 (5S–FE)
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I5
I10
B4
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B6
34
COWL WIRE
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B7
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
135
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
15A
RAD & CIG
2
GR
1
3
GR
I1
J/B NO. 3
3
3A
(* 1)
3D
GR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
8
22
(* 1)
8
GR
GR
IF1
(* 1)
GR
(EX. * 1)
OPERATION SW
RIGHT/
DOWN
SELECT SW
LEFT/
UP
UP
3
4
2
5
8
7
R–G
BR–R
W–B
RH
LG
LH
R
RH
L
LH
DOWN
10
RIGHT
LEFT
R19
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
BR–R
BR–R
5
1
3
2
M
M
W–B
W–B
10
IF1
I2
W–B
(USA)4
(CANADA)6
IB
136
W–B
IJ1
BR–R
IJ1
IF1
W–B
M
6
UP/DOWN
M
R18
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR RH
5
R–G
BR–R
2
IJ1
IF1
R–G
6
R
LG
3
LEFT/RIGHT
L
1
UP/DOWN
LEFT/RIGHT
7
BR–R
R–G
R
IF1
R
7
R17
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH
B19
B18
W–B
R
R–G
BR–R
FROM
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SW
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
SERVICE HINTS
R19
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
8–7
: CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION
10–8 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
26
R17
27
J3
26
R18
27
CODE
R19
SEE PAGE
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3D
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
34
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
IC
SEE PAGE
32
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
34
COWL WIRE
B18
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
CODE
B19
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
137
W
THEFT DETERRENT
W
W
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
5
5
2
15A
TAIL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
8
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
R20
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
5
W–R
5
10
2
1
R
5
R–Y
10
9
R–Y
1
1
W
II3
LG
2
1
II3
4
1
G
3
3
LG
5
1
11
W
(USA)
R
(CANADA)
FL MAIN
2. 0L
IK2
R–Y
12
20
BATTERY
RTR
T5
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
8
10
L/UL
5
W–R
W–B
IK2
FLL
3
IK1
12
IK1
2
L–R
IK2
L
Y
9
E
7
IK2
W–R
KSW
15
L–Y
IND
16
I11
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
W–R
C11
THEFT DETERRENT
INDICATOR
[COMB. METER]
W–B
5
6
7 3B
11 3D
W–R
L–R
W–R
3
D16
DOOR LOCK
MOTOR LH
4
6
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW AND
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
W–B
BR
L–W
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
IF2
1
2
W–B
IC
12
5
B18
1
138
IF2
M
J/B
NO. 3
ID
9
W–B
1
I11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
5
IF2
L–Y
7
L–B
IF2
L–W
8
L–B
L–W
W–B
L
Y
L–R
I10
W–R
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W
5
IG2
9
R
ST2 6
IE4
(A/T)
B–R
2
R
1
2
P
R
(M/T)
R–W
(M/T)
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
II3
N
3
B
W
13
(A/T)
I11
IGNITION SW
3
5
R
EA3
(M/T)
7. 5A
AM2
8
R
B–R
N1
PNS
(NEUTRAL START SW)
10 AM2
2
(A/T)
2
1
S6
STARTER
RELAY
3
14
R–B
4
R–B
IK1
2
W–B
B–W
4
7
W–B
EA1
BM1 IE3
(M/T) (A/T)
18
SRLY
T5
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
6
B
K/L
11
B–Y
K/UL
10
L–O
FRL
12
IK2
5
IK2
5
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
IK1
W–B
B15
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–Y
B
B–Y
B
1
2
LOCK
3
W–B
W–B
10
IJ1
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
4 6
W–B
6 4
W–B
W–B
W–B
B19
I11
W–B
FROM
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW
W–B
L–W
IJ2
W–B
3
4
5
B–Y
2
ID
10
IF1
W–B
I2
W–B
W–B
M
1
IJ2
UNLOCK
D17
DOOR LOCK
MOTOR RH
B–Y
I11
6
D14
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH
1
B
2
5
IF2
LOCK
6
3
D4
DIODE
(FOR THEFT
DETERRENT
SYSTEM)
B
5
B–Y
D15
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW RH
B–Y
B–Y
IF2
2
IJ2
UNLOCK
13
W–R
IJ2
1
B–Y
L–O
10
L–O
IJ2
L–B
3
L–W
IJ2
B
I10
B–Y
I11
6
4
B
I10
B–Y
L–O
W–R
I11
L–B
L–W
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
L–O
W–R
B
L–O
B
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
IB
(USA)
(CANADA)
IC
139
THEFT DETERRENT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
2
1
15A
DOME
15A
HAZ–HORN
4
15A
RAD & CIG
1
5
2
5
1
R
G–R
GR
G–R
5
3
II3
11
(USA)
(CANADA)
3 3A
II3
3
3D
J/B
NO. 3
8 8
A B
GR
IK2
J1
G–R
14
HORN
RELAY
3
1
1
A
B
5
7
II2
4
IK2
G–B
3
8
B
9
SH
6
HORN
ACC
T5
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
CTY1
KSW2
CTY2
1
13
1
IK2
7
IK2
R–G
L–W
R–W
R–G
I11
R–W
I18
FROM
REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R–G
R–W
IK1
R–G
L–W
R–W
14
13
1
2
140
R–W
1
BI
BE
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BG
B27
1
2
B28
EA
R–W
R–G
8 EA1
R–G
R–G
1
F10
FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR COURTESY SW
3
R9
REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
2
W–B
R
1
D11
DOOR COURTESY SW RH
R–W
R
2
D10
DOOR COURTESY SW LH
R–W
L–W
E1
D18
DIODE
(FOR INTERIOR SYSTEM)
R–G 1
2
R8
REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR COURTESY SW
II3
R–W
16
E9
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
(A/T) 3 IE3
(M/T) 9 BM1
R–G
12 IE3 (A/T)
4 BM1 (M/T)
1
IK2
G–B
GR
G–B
2
17
GR
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G–W
5
22 10
A B
R–W
IK2
R
10
T1
THEFT DETERRENT
HORN
R
G–R
2
SERVICE HINTS
T5 THEFT DETERRENT ECU
13–GROUND:
:
16–GROUND:
10–GROUND:
0 VOLTS WITH ENGINE HOOD OR FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE HOOD OR FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITHIN 30 SECONDS WITH SYSTEM ON
0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCKED WITH KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR EXCEPT UNLOCKED WITH KEY
6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF
7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
14–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR CLOSED
5–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
1–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
12 VOLTS WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY
11–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR EXCEPT LOCKED WITH THE KEY
18–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SYSTEM ON AND IGNITION SW ST POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH SYSTEM OPERATED
17–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
D14, D15 DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH KEY CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
2–3 : CLOSED WITH KEY CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D16, D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR
3–6 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
E 9 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND
: CLOSED WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
R 9 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C9
26
D17
27
N1
24
C11
26
D18
27
R8
27
D4
26
E9
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
R9
27
D10
27
F10
27
R20
27
D11
27
I11
26
S6
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
D14
27
A
26
T1
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
D15
27
B
26
T5
27
D16
27
J1
J3
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
141
THEFT DETERRENT
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
28 (5S–FE)
EA1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
IE3
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2
32
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
34
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ2
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE4
IK1
IK2
BM1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
28 (5S–FE)
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E1
SEE PAGE
28
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
B15
I2
B18
I10
B19
I11
I16
I18
142
34
COWL WIRE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B27
B28
143
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
1
20A
DEFOG
7. 5A
GAUGE
3
2
1
1
1
5
R–L
L–R
R–Y
1
9 3A
1
J/B
NO. 3
DEFOGGER
RELAY
3
2
1
R–Y
W–B
B
R–L
1
R–Y
J/B
NO. 3
2 3A
IE1
R–Y
9
B
D2
DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
1
2
B
B
W–B
2 BN1
1 A
R13
6 3A
TO PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)
ENGINE ECU (M/T))
A , R14 B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
B
1 B
1
BH
144
IC
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A10
DEFOGGER SW
[A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY]
11
10
SERVICE HINTS
DEFOGGER RELAY
4–1
: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DEFOGGER SW ON
A10 DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]
10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
10–11
: CLOSED WITH DEFOGGER SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A10
26
D2
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
R13
CODE
26
A
R14
SEE PAGE
B
27
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3A
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BN1
36
ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BH
36
UNDER THE RIGHT REAR PILLAR
A10
X
D2
X
X
X
X
1
2
J3
R13
A
, R14 B
1
1
X
10
11
145
SHIFT LOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
1
15A
RAD & CIG
7. 5A
ECU–IG
2
15A
STOP
3
2
2
1
GR
B–Y
R–W
1
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
2 A
2 B
3 3A
13
S9
IE3
A
B
STOP LIGHT SW
J/B
NO. 3
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
3 3D
B–Y
GR
G–W
8
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4
1 A
1 B
G–W
3A
J/B
NO. 3
6 3D
9
GR
J/B
NO. 3
G–W
5 3D
3
4
5
ACC
IG
STP
S7
SHIFT LOCK ECU
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
TIMER
P1
G–R
P
G
P2
G–W
SL–
L
TIMER
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
KLS+
E
2
1
G–O
W–B
SL+
2
6
L–R
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
K2
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
W–B
4
1
10 3D
W–B
12
W–B
3D
J/B
NO. 3
1
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
146
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG RADIO AND CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL
3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU. IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT
THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU. THE
ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID →
SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON
(PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE “P” RANGE.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2
AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUT
OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE
IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THE SHIFT
LEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” RANGE, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE ECU OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.
SERVICE HINTS
S 7 SHIFT LOCK ECU
3–GROUND :
4–GROUND :
1–GROUND :
5–GROUND :
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
26
K2
26
J3
26
S7
26
CODE
S9
SEE PAGE
A
26
B
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3D
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IE3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
J1
J3
K 2 BLUE
S7
1
X
4
X
6
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL) S 9
1
8
A
BLUE
9
X
X
1
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL) S 9
2
1
X
2
1
2
3
4
5
B
2
X
147
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
80A ABS
6
5
120A ALT
10
5
W
FL MAIN 2. 0L
B–W
BATTERY
3
R–B
R–B
B–W
B–W
B–W
B12
1 B
2 B
6 A
A20
R–B
II4
C , A21 A
, A22 B
ABS ACTUATOR
4
A
5 A
2 A
6 C
5 C
L–Y
G–B
L–R
G–W
11 A
4 A
5 A
12 A
6 A
4 C
2 C
3 C
R–W
II4
8 A
9 A
BF
148
BE
15
TC
E1
3
BR
IC
EA
SFR
AST
MT
FSS
FR–
FR+
SFL
FL+
SRR
16
1 B
3 A
2 A
7 A
1 A
W–B
1
A23
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT LH
2
1
A24
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT RH
(SHIELDED)
L
G
(SHIELDED)
R
2
P
I14
C1
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
W
1 EA3
W
2 EA3
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
10 A
IE3
Y
11
TS
3
ABS ECU
W
17 B
Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
I11
A
FL–
TS
6 B
(A/T)1 BM2
(M/T)2 IE3
B13
,A8
TC
R–
13 B
B
SR
A7
Y
2 B
GND
GND
MR
L–W
9
G–R
L–W
1 A
G–R
W–B
M
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
2
7. 5A
GAUGE
7. 5A
ECU–IG
15A
ECU–B
3
1
5
B–Y
R–L
2
9 3A
13
J/B
NO. 3
2
1
W–R
1
15A
STOP
R–W
2
R–B
1
18
IE3
II2
S9
A
2 A
2 B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
1 A
1 B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
B
B–Y
W–R
STOP LIGHT
SW
G–W
R–L
9 3D
1
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J/B
NO. 3
FROM PCME
(ENGINE ECU)
R–L
13
4 3A
9 B
R–B
G–W
16 B
IK1
1
IK1
2
IK1
I9
A1
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR LH
1
2
A2
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR RH
R–B
R–B
(CANADA)
TO RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
2
B
R
1
W
(SHIELDED)
G
(SHIELDED)
R–B
(USA)
R–B
R–B
2
W–B
9
2
W–B
IE3
1
P1
PARKING
BRAKE SW
B11
BF
W–B
7
B5
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
IE3
W–B
9
R–B
IE3
1
1
W–B
1 3B
R–B
II2
B5
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
16
J/B
NO. 3
B
R
G
W
I11
(USA, 5S–FE)
R–B
3 3B
(SHIELDED)
(USA, 3S–GTE)
19 B
R–B
20 B
PKB
RR–
RSS
8 B
W–B
14 B
15 B
7 B
BAT
EX
22 B
IG
RL+
RL–
5 3D
STP
W
11 B
(SHIELDED)
10
IE3
(M/T)
10 B
3 B
12
G–Y
B–Y
I11
RR+
R–B
W–R
R–B
J/B
NO. 3
(A/T)
6 3D
(3S–GTE)
(M/T)
A , C12 B
ABS
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
G–W
C11
G–Y
G–W
4 A
BE
149
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS, WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP, SO THAT THE
WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING
TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO
THE RESERVOIR.
THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR
TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU IN THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,
HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN
BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS
A7(B), A 8(A) ABS ECU
(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)
(B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND CHECK CONNECTOR TS–E1 NOT CONNECTED
(B)10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND CHECK CONNECTOR TS–E1 NOT CONNECTED
(B) 1–GROUND, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF
(A) 8–GROUND, (A)12–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF
(B)15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF
(B) 2–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B)13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B)11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
(B)22–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(B)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED
(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)
(B) 1 – (A) 8 :
APPROX. 6 (A) 6 – (A) 8 :
APPROX. 6 (A) 8 – (A)12:
APPROX. 6 (A) 7 – (A) 1 :
APPROX. 0.8 – 1.3 (A) 3 – (A)10 :
APPROX. 0.8 – 1.3 (A) 4 – (A) 5 :
APPROX. 60 – 100 (A) 4 – (A)11 :
APPROX. 50 – 80 (B) 3 – (B)14 :
APPROX. 1.1 – 1.5 K
(B)19 – (B)20 :
APPROX. 1.1 – 1.5 K
150
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A1
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A2
CODE
A22
SEE PAGE
B
CODE
27
C12
SEE PAGE
B
26
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A23
27
J1
26
A7
B
26
A24
27
J3
26
A8
A
26
B5
27
P1
A20
C
27
C1
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A21
A
27
C11
A
S9
26
26
A
26
B
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
IE3
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
34
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2
36
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
28 (5S–FE)
EA
30 (3VZ–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I9
I11
I14
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B11
34
COWL WIRE
B12
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B13
151
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
152
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR
2
1
15A
EFI
15A
STOP
1
2
1
2
2 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
2
S9
EFI MAIN
RELAY
B
1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
4
2
B–Y
W
G
R
B
4 A
22 A
4 B
5 B
18 B
17 B
12 C
9 C
16 C
4 C
GR–B
V
BR–W
R–L
W
P
BR
BR
R
2
BG
BR
E5
E1
ECT SOLENOID
1
BR
W
P
BR
4
3
2
1
IDL
E2
1
VTA
B
1
R–L
W
1
E11
VC
BR–W
1
NO. 2
V
3
NO. 1
GR–B
NO. 3 (LOCK–UP)
BR–Y
2
Y
BR–Y
154
W–B
W–B
BI
ECT
OD
P–B
W–B
17 BM2 7 BM2
C17
CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
G–
11 C
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
E3
ECTS
(EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR)
1 C
4 EA1
B26
G+
S1
15 B
E5
22
THW
NE–
SL
2 B
P–B
1 B
BR–W
9
E21
NSW
NE+
,E8 B
B/K
+B1
OD1
20 A
R–W
C
IE1
VTA
1 A
,E7
PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU)
BATT
13 A
+B
12 A
A
E6
S2
B–Y
B–Y
W–R
E1
FROM
DISTRIBUTOR
G–W
4
VC
W–B
G–W
2
TO PNS
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
3
A
STOP LIGHT
SW
E2
1
2
IDL
B–O
2
R–W
W–R
W–R
FROM IGNITION SW ” IG2”
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
1
7. 5A
ECU–IG
C13
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
TO BACK–UP LIGHTS
7. 5A
GAUGE
P
1
14
L–Y
EA1
L–Y
B–Y
R
5
R–B
2
1
BM2
1
R–B
2
5
L–Y
R
13
R–B
E3
R–B
EA3
4
R–B
2
P–B
3
R–W
4
BM2
7 EB1
7
W–B
N
B–Y
N
7
P–B
8
R–W
13
11
P–B
EA1
BM2
6
9 3A
8
G
J/B
NO. 3
6
R–W
EA1
BM2
12
12
2
2
9
LG
E5
LG
LG
EA1
LG
BM2
5
L
L
4
LG–R
11
LG–R
LG–B
EA1
E5
13
LG–R
9 3D
R–L
9
FROM TAILLIGHT
RELAY
D
D
1
6
BM2
13
N1
A/T INDICATOR SW
R–L
IE1
10 A
4 A
O/D OFF
B , C11 A
C10
9 A
SPD
L
6 B
2
V–W
14
COMBINATION METER
LG
LG–R
V–W
19 B
3
LG
I4
LG
W–R
6
W
O
1
TT
O4
O/D MAIN
SW
TE1
TO
IGNITER
3
E1
W–B
C1
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
BR
1
17
LG
7 A
11 B
BR
3 B
LG
OD2
IGT
20 B
IGF
15 C
BM2
2
BR
TE1
TT
7 C
14 B
BR–B
LG–B
E1
16 B
BR
EO1
13 B
BR
SP2
EO2
26 B
BR
6 A
S2
SPEED SENSOR
(FOR ECT SYSTEM)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P
R–L
3
3
W–B
BR
W–B
I3
12 3D
BR
E16
BR
1
EA
ID
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
BR
BR
BR
J/B
NO. 3
IC
155
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLS THE GEAR SHIFT TIMING, LOCK–UP TIMING, THE CLUTCH AND BRAKE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE, AND THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING, TO ACHIVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.
IN ACCORDANCE TO THE VEHICLE DRIVING CONDITIONS AND ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS AS DETECTED BY VARIOUS
SENSORS.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO
THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ECTS (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO TERMINAL THW OF THE
PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU), AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) FROM
THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ECT. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED,
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND,
AND CONTINUITY FLOW TO NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT
SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS
→ GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSE THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVER DRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET,
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ETC SOLENOIDS →
GROUND, CAUSING A CONTINUITY TO THE TCC (LOCK–UP SOLENOID) AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL B/K OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU), THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE
TCC (LOCK–UP SOLENOID) IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE
PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) AND PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS
FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS
THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT
TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) AND PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT
INTO OVERDRIVE.
SERVICE HINTS
E 6(A), E 7(C), E 8(B)
PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU)
(A) 4– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED)
0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F))
8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0.8–1.2 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.2 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
(C) 1– (C) 9 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(A)20– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(A) 7– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF)
(A) 9– (B)14 : 1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON, CRUISE CONTROL SW OFF AND STARTING STILL)
0 10–14 VOLTS REPEAT (IGNITION SW ON, CRUISE CONTROL SW OFF AND VEHICLE MOVING)
(B)16– (B)14 : 1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND STARTING STILL)
0 4.5–5.5 VOLTS REPEAT (IGNITION SW ON AND VEHICLE MOVING)
(A)22– (B)14 : 6.0–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) P OR N POSITION)
0–2.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) P OR N POSITION)
(B) 6– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 POSITION)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 POSITION)
(B)19– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) L POSITION)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) L POSITION)
(A)12– (A)13– (B)14 :10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(A) 1– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (ALL CONDITIONS)
(C) 4– (C) 9 :
(C)12– (C) 9 :
(C)11– (C) 9 :
156
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
CODE
24 (5S–FE)
SEE PAGE
E3
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (5S–FE)
N1
24 (5S–FE)
26 (5S–FE)
C10
B
26
E6
A
24 (5S–FE)
O4
C11
A
26
E7
C
24 (5S–FE)
S2
C13
26 (5S–FE)
E8
B
24 (5S–FE)
C17
26
J1
26
E1
24 (5S–FE)
J3
26
S9
24 (5S–FE)
A
26
B
26
T2
24 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3D
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BM2
36
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E1
E3
E16
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E5
E11
CODE
ENGINE WIRE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE WIRE
34
COWL WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I3
I4
28 (5S–FE)
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
B26
157
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR
158
CRUISE CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
1
7. 5A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
GAUGE
3
2
1
R–L
2
B–Y
9 3A
13
J/B
NO. 3
IE3
C10
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
13
R–L 1
R–L
4
A
12
B
G–R
B–Y
9 3D
B , C11 A
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
C17
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
5
R
G–B
CCS
CMS
G–Y
5
RESUME/
ACCELE
R–B
(USA)
R–B
SET/
COAST
I9
CANCEL
R–B
(CANADA)
17
C14
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
1
P1
PARKING
BRAKE
SW
TO RETRACTOR
CONTROL RELAY
1
W–B
BR
BR
EA
15
II2
E1
2
ID
16
R–B
B
TC
FROM IGNITION
SW ” ST2”
15
TO PNS
(NEUTRAL START SW)
6 A
3
18
1 3B
W
1 EA3
C16
CRUISE
CONTROL
CLUTCH SW
160
J/B
NO. 3
IE4
(A/T)
9
10 A
C1
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
C11 A
COMBINATION
METER
W
R
R
2 3B
4
MAIN
R–B
I10
IE3
TO
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
(A/T)
B
(A/T)
(M/T)
V–W
11
3
R
R–B
2
(A/T)
8
W
20
PKB
N&C
TC
SPD
B
PI
14
W–B
W–B
(M/T)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
,E8 B
S2
BR–W
(A/T)
R–W
15
1
R–W
W–R
STP+
BR–Y
22
OD
VR3
VR2
VR1
MC
MO
L
STP–
13
26
25
24
11
12
10
16
R
IDL
ECT
P–B
9
II2
7 BM2
(A/T)
23
18
BATT
P
P
17 BM2
I10
GND
C17
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
BR–Y
4 EA1
P–B
P
(A/T)
18 EA3
IE4
1
R–W
BR–W
E5
12
5
W–R
P
2
1
TO ECT
SOLENOID
BR–W
(A/T)
P
E10 : 5S–FE
E18 : 3S–GTE
P–B
12 C
12 A
15A
STOP
7. 5A
ECU–B
15 B (5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
(3S–GTE)
20 D
(A/T)
IDL
12 C
TO THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR ” IDL”
1
2
(A/T)
,E7 C
(A/T)
A
PCME
(ENGINE CONTROL ECT ECU (A/T)
ENGINE ECU (M/T))
(A/T)
D ,E7
OD1
E6
G–W
4 3D
4
18
IK1
15
IK1
17
IK1
3
2
1
7
6
5
J/B
NO. 3
R–W
6 3D
G–W
R–W
IK1
Y
7
Y–R
IK1
Y–B
8
Y–G
IK1
Y–L
16
1
G–W
Y
Y–R
Y–B
2
S9
STOP LIGHT
SW
W–B
Y–L
Y–G
3
4 3A
4
(M/T)
W–B
10
J/B
NO. 3
3D
3D
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
11
W–B
10
IK1
G–W
4
IE1
G–W
14
W–B
(USA)
6
4
C5
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
W–B
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
M
W–B
I5
TO STOP LIGHTS
1
IC
161
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF
STOP LIGHT SWITCH.
WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISE
CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL
15 OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU
FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISE
CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL (B)11 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATION
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SWITCH IS PUSHED, WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN
THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL
ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SWITCH IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE
SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE COMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE
CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF
CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE
VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER
THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SWITCH IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST
SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SWITCH IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL
SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROL
UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H), AFTER CANCELING THE SPEED BY
THE CANCEL SWITCH, PUSHING THE RESUME SWITCH WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE
CANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE
ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”
(M/T) SHIFT LEVER AT “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU” (A/T)
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF ECU”
∗ PULLED UP THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18.
162
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATE CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWITCH
TURNS OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SWITCH MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN THE CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR IN SIDE THE ACTUATOR, IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN”
DIRECTION
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ THE RESUME SWITCH IS ALREADY ON WHEN THE MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SWITCH IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FAIIS BELOW THE MINIMUM LIMIT, APPROX. 40KM/H (25MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16KM/H (10MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 16 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
SERVICE HINTS
C 5 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1–3 : APPROX. 2 K
5–4 : APPROX. 38.5 C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
15–19
5–19
: CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON
: APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON
APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON
C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
14–GROUND:
1–GROUND :
3–GROUND :
20–GROUND:
18–GROUND:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW ON
PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVER VEHICLE SLOWLY)
APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH RES/ACC SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
CONTINUITY WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “P” OR “N” RANGE (A/T)
4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON
163
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
CODE
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
C5
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
C10
B
26
C11
A
26
C14
26
C16
26 (3S–GTE M/T)
SEE PAGE
C17
E6
E7
E8
CODE
SEE PAGE
26
J3
26
D
24 (5S–FE)
P1
26
A
25 (3S–GTE)
S1
24
C
24 (5S–FE)
S9
26
B
24 (5S–FE)
J1
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
IE1
IE3
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
34
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2
36
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
28 (5S–FE)
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E5
28 (5S–FE)
E10
30 (3S–GTE)
E18
28 (5S–FE)
164
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I5
ENGINE WIRE
I9
I10
34
COWL WIRE
165
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
* 1 : (1) USA (A/T)
(2) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE
CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW
OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE
CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW
15A
DOME OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
4
1
3
1
1
2
1
G
(* 1)
GR
3 3A
II3
1 3D
J/B
NO. 3
2
2 3D
W–B
R
C8
CLOCK
3
W–B
18
(EX. * 2)
(* 2)
W–B
R
1
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
4
10 3D
W–B
7 3B
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
1
IC
166
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G–W
G
4
C6
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
3
3
4
GR
GR
2
1
(* 1)
GR
G
4
(EX. * 1)
G–W
3
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J/B
NO. 3
5
R
W
4
R
2
15A
TAIL
(CANADA)
15A
RAD & CIG
1
FROM PANEL RELAY
5
(CANADA)
1
SERVICE HINTS
C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C 8 CLOCK
3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING (CANADA)
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C6
26
J1
26
C8
26
J2
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
C6
C8
J1
J2
1
2
1
2
3
4
J3
3 4
X
4
1
X
18
167
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
AUTO ANTENNA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
2
1
15A
DOME
3
2
2
1
B–Y
R
5
II3
3 3A
R
3
15A
RAD & CIG
GR
4
7. 5A
ECU–IG
J/B
NO. 3
1 3D
3 3D
J/B
NO. 3
(* 1)
A
,R2 B
21
ANT+
GR
1 A
9 B
P–L
B–R
(EX. * 1)
GR
(* 1)
GR
GR
(* 1)
R
AMP+
8 A
8 B
20
(EX. * 1)
7
IE4
8
IE4
P–L
GR
G–B
IE4
B–Y
R
1
TO
STEREO
COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE1
R1
RADIO AND PLAYER
8
11
GR
I8
GR
R
GR
GR
(EX. * 1)
5
6
4
3
1
Y
R–G
B
R–W
W–B
1
4
5
7
8
6
A27
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL
RELAY AND MOTOR
2
L–Y
W–B
L
M
B
3
BI
168
W–B
2
W–B
B28
BG
SERVICE HINTS
A27(B) AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY
9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON
3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP
2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP
4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A27
27
R1
A
26
J1
26
R2
B
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
22
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
IE4
II3
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I8
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
A27
1
CODE
SEE PAGE
B28
36
J1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
R1 A
R2 B
2
3 4 5 6
X
8
1
8
9
20 21
8
X
169
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2
1
15A
DOME
15A
RAD & CIG
4
2
1
3
II3
3 3A
R
TO PERSONAL
LIGHT
GR
R
5
1 3D
J/B
NO. 3
R
J/B
NO. 3
3 3D
2 BL1
GR
GR
L–Y
(EX. * 1)
21
GR
(* 1)
10
1
ACC IN
+B
S11
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
FL+
FL–
AMP+MUTE
WL+ WL– L
WR+ WR–
L
9
3
8
2
5
8
7
1
4
G–W
BR
P
L
O
L–W
BR
GND
V
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
P
S10
G–W
AMP+ MUTE
R
R
3
(SHIELDED)
L–Y
I10
8
(A/T)
R
R
R
I11
L–Y
L–Y
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(M/T)
6 3C
(M/T)
10 3A
6
LG
V
V
P
V
V
B18
GND
BR
B22
L
7
BR
P
B18
1
2
1
2
2
R16
REAR WOOFER
SPEAKER LH
BR
1
IF1
(SHIELDED)
10
R
4
1
V
WF+
IF1
P
+B
4
V
R15
REAR WOOFER
AMPLIFIER
LH
WF–
9
O
8
MUTE
P
3
AMP+
P
5
WF–
L
BR
1
WF+
P
BR
L–Y
G–W
L–W
F15
FRONT SPEAKER
LH
F17
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
BR
B21
BR
L–Y
IB
170
* 1 : USA M/T
7
B–R 8
ANT+
G–B
IE4
R1
RADIO AND PLAYER
AMP+
+B
ACC
4
GND
3
MUTE
11
FL+
FR+
S¥GND
BEEP
5
6
7
12
13
RL+
RR+
14
15
BR
1
P–L
S11
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
BR
L
5
6
7
12
13
14
15
FL+
FR+
S¥GND
BEEP
(SHIELDED)
Y
S14
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
9
+B
G
10
R
(SHIELDED)
W
8
AMP+
R
P–L
(SHIELDED)
I8
W
P–L
I8
B
TO
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
ACC OUT
MUTE
FR+
FR–
RL+
2
7
5
RL–
12
RL+
RR+
RR+
RR–
4
11
WF+
+B
9
IJ1
3
IJ1
LG
L–Y
2
BR
W
W
WF–
GND
7
R
10
1
LG
O
R
2
WF–
Y
5
Y
1
AMP+
L–W
B
G
L
3
4
WF+
L
V
MUTE
L
8
R25
REAR WOOFER
SPEAKER RH
LG
LG
R24
REAR WOOFER AMPLIFIER RH
LG
1
BR
2
F18
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
L
W
B15
LG
L
LG
L
B
B15
1
2
F16
FRONT SPEAKER
RH
1
2
R11
REAR SPEAKER
LH
1
2
R12
REAR SPEAKER
RH
L–Y
171
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
SERVICE HINTS
S11 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
10–GROUND
9–GROUND
1–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F15
27
F16
F18
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
R1
26
R24
27
27
R11
27
R25
27
27
R12
27
S10
27
F18
27
R15
27
S11
27
J1
26
R16
27
S14
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
34
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I8
I10
B18
34
COWL WIRE
I11
B15
172
CODE
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
36
COWL WIRE
B21
B22
36
SEE PAGE
36
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o WOOFER SPEAKER)
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL,
ABS, OR POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
15A
RAD & CIG
15A
DOME
TO
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
2
4
5
II3
P–L
3
R
3 3A
G–B
R
GR
1
J/B
NO. 3
1 3D
7
IE4
8
IE4
3 3D
P–L
B–R
GR
(EX. *1)
(* 1)
6 3C
L–Y
21
GR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
GR
J/B
NO. 3
8
3
4
ACC
8
+B
9
ANT+
AMP+
7
GND
R2
RADIO AND PLAYER
FR–
RL+
2
6
1
5
2
RR–
R
R
3
Y
1
Y
B
L
LG
V
6
2
2
L
B15
1
2
2
1
2
1
F18
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
2
R11
REAR
SPEAKER LH
1
2
R12
REAR
SPEAKER RH
BR
F17
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
W
B
LG
V
F16
FRONT
SPEAKER RH
P
1
IJ1
L
1
F15
FRONT
SPEAKER LH
3
L
B15
LG
B18
V
P
B18
IJ1
LG
IF1
V
1
L
LG
V
P
IF1
P
4
R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
RL–
RR+
BR
FR+
W
FL–
P
FL+
IB
174
SERVICE HINTS
R 2 RADIO AND PLAYER
4–GROUND
3–GROUND
7–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F15
27
F16
F17
CODE
SEE PAGE
F18
27
27
J1
27
R2
CODE
SEE PAGE
R3
26
26
R11
27
26
R12
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
34
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B15
SEE PAGE
36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
F15, F16
GRAY
CODE
B18
F17, F18
SEE PAGE
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
J1
R2
1 2
1
X
2
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
1
2
5
6
3
4
8
7
8
9
21
R3
1
3
R11, R12
2
X
6
1
2
175
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
7. 5A
ECU–B
2
4
J/B
NO. 3
1
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2 3C
W–R
R
II3
J/B
NO. 3
18
V
V–W
G–B
G–Y
R
I5
W–R
2 3D
II2
R
B–O
R–L
FROM
HAZARD SW
TURN SIGNAL SW
1 3D
R–L
13
3
V–W
V–W
(* 2, * 3, * 4)
5
V–W
9
3D
R–L
(EX. * 2 * 3 * 4)
9 3A
5
R
R–L
FROM IGNITION SW ” IG2”
1
1
FROM FOG
LIGHT RELAY
15A
DOME
V
FROM
PCME
(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)
ENGINE ECU (M/T))
ABS ECU
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
POWER STEERING ECU
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
5 C
6 C
3 C
10 A
13 A
12 A
5 B
RH
FR FOG
TURN
DOOR
VOLT
LH
SPEED
(5S–FE)
OIL LEVEL
DELAY
CIRCUIT
CHARGE
6 B
OIL LEVEL
4 A
AIRBAG
(* 2, * 3, * 4)
2 C
R–W
R–Y
1 A
6 A
W–B
4 C
BR
7 B
IE1
Y
1
R–Y
I4
R–Y
L–W
7 A
(USA)
D
(CANADA)
B , C13
R
C10 C , C11 A , C12
COMBINATION METER
Y
(3S–GTE)
R
5 BM1
4 EA3
1
ID2
W–B
R–Y
R–W
Y
R
11 EA3
10 3C
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
TO CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
TO DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR)
W–B
2
TO DOOR COURTESY SW
OIL TEMP.
E10
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL SENSOR
OIL LEVEL
1
TO ALTERNATOR ” L”
R
1 EC1
EA
176
BR
(3S–GTE)
W–B
2 EC1
ID
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
1
IC
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : A/T
V
1
A
V
Y
5 A
S12 A , S13 B
SHORT CONNECTOR
C10 C , C11 A , C12
COMBINATION METER
R–W
B7
R–W
(* 2)
W–B
2
B5
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
FUEL
2
BR
Y–L
1
6 A
IE3
L–B
11 EA1
L–B
(* 2)
3
BR
F5
FUEL SENDER
BR
FROM RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
W–B
(USA, 3S–GTE)
I4
B11
BE
W–B
R–B
W–B
1
Y–R
L–B
(* 2)
R–B
1
W–B
(* 2)
8 C
BF
BR
(* 1)
(* 2)
B5
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
2
R–B
13 C
II4
TO TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR
R–B
(EX. * 2 * 3 * 4)
II2
R–W
TO RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
R–B
R–B
R–B
(* 2, * 3, * 4)
16
(USA, 3S–GTE)
P1
PARKING
BRAKE SW
TO CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
1
3 3B
3
13
R–B
J/B NO. 3
R–B
1 3B
I4
(* 1, * 3, * 4)
R–B
(* 1, * 3, * 4)
R–B
(EX. * 2 * 3 * 4)
(* 2)
R–W
2 3B
R–B
I9
(3S–GTE)
R–B
I9
(* 1, * 3, * 4)
TO ABS ECU
R–B
L–W
L–W
FUEL
GAUGE
(3S–GTE)
TURBO
METER
SECURITY
BRAKE
3 A
R–B
L–W
D
(3S–GTE)
9 C
TO COOLING FAN ECU
B , C13
ST
CHECK
RELAY
10 C
5 EA1
V
EA1
Y
R
11 A
IE1
10
V
IE3
IK2
10 B
(3S–GTE)
12
6
V
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
FROM
IGNITION
SW ” ST2”
R–L
9
R–L
II2
HIGH BEAM
(3S–GTE)
COOLING
FAN
5
1
B
2
B
V–W
FROM
HEADLIGHTS
V–W
* 4 : WITH ABS, CRUISE CONTROL POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
ID
177
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
V
3
2
SI
BR
S1
VSPG
(SPEED SENSOR)
7. 5A
ECU–IG
3
SE
IG+
2
1
BR
B–Y
2
7 EB1
B–Y
C10
C , C11 A
, C12 B
, C13 D
7
IE1
17
CHECK
ENGINE
CRUISE
POWER
STEERING
8
G–R
II4
15
W–B
I3
IGNITER
EA
178
TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU
O3
OIL
PRESSURE
SW
TO POWER STEERING ECU
Y–B
Y–B
1
W1
WATER
TEMP.
SENDER
TO O/D MAIN SW
W–B
W–B
1
4
TO SEAT BELT
WARNING RELAY
Y–G
Y–G
7 EA3
B
3 EA3
B
6 EA3
5 EA3
8 B
G–W
12 C
LG
(A/T)
LG
IE1
4 B
IE1
TO PCME (ENGINE ECU)
IE1
11 C
G–W
18
7 C
LG
IE1
3 B
BR–R
B
13
2 B
W–B
1 B
Y–G
3 A
Y–B
(5S–FE)
O/D OFF
SEAT BELT
OIL
TACHO
WATER TEMP.
COMBINATION METER
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : A/T
1
BR
* 4 : WITH ABS, CRUISE CONTROL POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
3
BR
EA1
8
BR
BM1 BM2
(M/T) (A/T)
FROM A/T INDICATOR SW
PNS (NEUTRAL START SW)
(A/T)
L–Y
5 BM2
L–Y
4 BM2
R–B
11 BM2
P–B
6 BM2
R–W
12 BM2
LG
13 BM2
LG–R
L–Y
R–B
14 EA1
R–B
P–B
13 EA3
P–B
R–W
13 EA1
R–W
LG
9 EA1
LG
LG–R
12 EA1
G
1
11 EA1
LG–R
3
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
(* 1, * 3, * 4)
G
8
(EX. * 2 * 3 * 4)
3
8 A
6 D
5 D
4 D
3 D
2 D
1 D
G–W
METER
ILLUMINATION
(* 2)
ABS
9 B
L
9 A
2
D
8 D
N
R
R–B
C
, C11 A
, C12 B
, C13 D
W–B
(A/T)
G
(A/T)
G–O
COMBINATION METER
II4
W–B
FROM TAILLIGHT
RELAY
12 3D
J/B
NO. 3
1
IC
BR
W–B
TO RHEOSTAT
R–B
3
P
7 D
C10
TO ABS ECU
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G–W
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY (USA)
FROM PANEL RELAY (CANADA)
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
ID
179
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
B 5 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
C10(C), C11(A), C12(B) COMBINATION METER
(C)6, (C) 5–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 4–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(A)1, (B)2, (A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C13 (D) COMBINATION METER (5S–FE A/T)
(D) 1–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
O 3 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND
: CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA)
P 1 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND
: CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
W 1 WATER TEMP. SENDER
1–GROUND
: APPROX. 198.5 AT 50°C (122°F)
: APPROX. 29.7 AT 105°C (221°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
B5
27
C10
C
26
C11
C12
C13
A
B
D
26
26
26 (5S–FE)
25 (3S–GTE)
26
E10
F5
CODE
I3
J1
J2
J3
O3
SEE PAGE
CODE
24 (5S–FE)
25 (3S–GTE)
26
26
26
24 (5S–FE)
25 (3S–GTE)
SEE PAGE
P1
26
S1
S12
S13
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A
B
W1
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
2
5
SEE PAGE
20
21
21
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EA3
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
EB1
28
EC1
ID2
30 (3S–GTE)
32
IE1
IE3
II2
II3
II4
IK2
BM1
BM2
180
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
26
26
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
IC
ID
BE
BF
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
32
32
36
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
RIGHT KICK PANEL
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I4
I5
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B7
34
COWL WIRE
B11
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I9
181
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. COOLING FAN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF FAN MAIN RELAY →
TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN MAIN RELAY OF EACH FAN TO TURN ON.
AT THAT TIME, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2, AND FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF FAN
RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C HIGH SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF A/C
AMPLIFIER. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL 1 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN RELAY NO. 3 TO TURN ON.
* OPERATION AT LOW SPEED
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE FAN MAIN RELAY AND FAN RELAY NO. 1, NO. 2 AND NO. 3 TURN ON, THE CURRENT
FLOWS FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 5 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3
→ TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES,
CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* OPERATION AT HIGH SPEED
DURING A/C OPERATION, WHEN THE PRESSURE OF A/C COMPRESSOR BECOMES HIGHER THAN NORMAL PRESSURE (MORE
THAN 1402 KPA 14.3 KG/CM2 203 PSI), THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW TURNS OFF.
AS A RESULT, FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 TURNS OFF AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM ALT FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAIN
RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FAN
RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, AT THE SAME TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF FAN MAIN RELAY TO RDI FAN FUSE →
TERMINAL 4 OF FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING
TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
NOTE THAT, EVEN IF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 90°C (194°F), THE WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR
FAN) TURNS OFF A SIGNAL IS SENT TO TERMINAL 9 OF A/C AMPLIFIER. BECAUSE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 8 OF A/C
AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 6 IS SHUT OFF, THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW AND GROUND IS DEACTIVATED,
SO THE SAME OPERATION CONTINUES.
2. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY →
TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 10 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 11 → TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A) 5 OF A/C
CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND
(A) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNES THE HEATER RELAY
ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF
HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 →
GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)
5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF
HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 3 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL
(A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MIDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)
5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF
HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL (A) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT
MEDIUM LOW SPEED.
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M2 POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER
RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 2 OF BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) →
TERMINAL (A) 6 → GROUND.
THIS CURRENT FLOW FROM BLOWER MOTOR TO GROUND IS GREATER THAN AT M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTOR ROTATES
AT MEDIUM HIGH SPEED.
182
3. OPERATION OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR
∗ SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR.
WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF AIR INLET SERVO
MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (C) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES
AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT
POSITION.
∗ SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH
WITH IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
4 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (C) 9 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND,
THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT
POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 6 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW OF THE CONTROL
ASSEMBLY SW.
WHEN THE MODE SELECTION SW OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS MOVED TO DEF POSITION WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE
POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 14 OF A/C
CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNIT THE DAMPER REACHES DEF POSITION.
FOOT/DEF POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 5 OF A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY.
FOOT POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 4 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
BI–LEVEL POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 13 OF CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
THE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE
SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR AND CURRENT TEMPARATURE FROM THE WATER TEMP. SW, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/C
FUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 11 OF A/C AMPLIFIER.
AT THIS TIME, THE A/C AMPLIFIER IS ACTIVATED AND CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 →
GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TURN ON, SO CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF A/C
MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH → GROUND, CAUSING THE A/C COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE.
WITH THE ACTIVATION OF A/C AMPLIFIER, CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 1 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) → TERMINAL 14 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND TURNS ON THE
VSV TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE SPEED DURING AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIR
CONDITIONER.
∗ THE ENGINE SPEED DECREASES. (3S–GTE)
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
183
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
I11
IGNITION SW
13
B–O
IG2 9
ST2
2
1
B
D3
DIODE (FOR A/C SYSTEM)
2
B–O
I10
B–R
II3
B–R 10 AM2
B–O
B–O
II2
B
B
W–B
W–B
W
B–O
B–O
B–O
W
L–R
7
5
II3
II4
(USA)
(CANADA)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
2
2
2
FAN
MAIN
RELAY
4
5
5
W–B
5
3
W
5
3
30A CDS FAN
7. 5A
AM2
1
4
2
FAN
RELAY
NO. 1
30A RDI FAN
5
3
1
5
5
1
W
B
W
B
B
B
L–R
W–R
5
W–B
8
5
5
4
7
5
5
L–R
1
2
FAN
RELAY
NO. 2
3
5
2
A25
A/C
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
M
1
2
R5
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
1
5
W
W–B
L–W
W–B
10
5
M
W–B
120A ALT
40A HTR
4
5
B
L–R
5
5
B3
W–R
B
B–O
B4
B3
W–B
W
W–B
L
FL MAIN
2. 0L
5
5
4
II2
L
5
IH1
G
G
5
1
3
W–B
FAN
RELAY
NO. 3
2
BATTERY
5
5
L–R
BE
184
12
R–L
R–L
II3
24
P–G
P–G
II2
B
W–B
II2
5
5
L
R–L
B
R
19
P–G
R
5
5
Y
1
A26
SHORT PIN
(W/O A/C)
2
R
A26
A/C HIGH
PRESSURE SW
(W/ A/C)
5
1
2
HEATER
RELAY
4
9
2
2
W–B
1
10A
A/C
3
IH1
1
B
5
5
L–R
5
23
II2
L
W–B
21
L
B
14
L–R
L
II2
L–R
R
(W/ A/C)
R
(W/O A/C)
L
L–R
IH1
L–R
I11
W–R
2
Y–L
Y–L
B–W
A13
A/C DUAL
PRESSURE SW
II2
2
16
IE1
16 EA3
3
4
B–W
W–B
B–W
Y–L
1
B–W
20
A15
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
II2
Y
1
2
Y–L
1
B–W
E3
I17
Y
Y
Y–L
W–R
1
2
W–R
2
B–W
W3
WATER TEMP. SW
(FOR
RADIATOR FAN,
W/O A/C)
W3
WATER TEMP.
SENSOR (W/ A/C)
IH1
IH1
R
G
Y–L
Y–L
L–O
9
8
3
15
SG2
WRP
PRS
Y
Y
IH1
1
I17
W–R
(W/ A/C)
12
A3
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
10
R
IH1
(W/ A/C)
4
(W/O A/C)
1
(W/O A/C)
1
18
WRS
TW
MGC
A9
A/C AMPLIFIER
4
(3S–GTE)
L–W
3
IGN
5
B
SG1
16
L
TE
12
6
IH1
A14
A/C THERMISTOR
B
10
IE4
B
FROM
IGNITER
185
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
R–L
R–L
R–L
P–G
P–G
W–B
(EX. * 1)
W–B
(EX. * 1)
8
W–B
I11
IH1
W–B
W–B
(W/O A/C)
W–B
I17
16
J/B NO. 3
12
W–B
10
3D
3D
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
Y
(A/T)
Y
W
W
IH1
W–B
P
L
L
L–R
L–R
5
10
Y–L
8 B (5S–FE A/T)
3 C (5S–FE M/T)
21 B
6 C
2
1
W–B
ACA
W–B
BR–B
B
,E6
AC
E6
A ,E6
10 A (3S–GTE)
PCME
(ENGINE OR
ENGINE AND ECT ECU)
B–W
ACT
Y–L
EA3
C
IE4
V3
VSV
(FOR A/C IDLE–UP
SYSTEM) (3S–GTE)
Y–L
9 EA3
W–B
7
6
11
17
A9
A/C AMPLIFIER
VSV
IG
GND
A/C
W–B
IE4
SELECT
W–B
AC1
2
W–B
14
W–B
2
W–B
IH1
(M/T)
19
10
ACT
(A/T)
W–B
IH1
BR–W
7
P
IH1
W–B
3
R–L
IH1
BR–B
11
(5S–FE, M/T)
IH1
P
BR–B
B–W
17
IE4
BR
IH1
6
R–L
16 BM2 (A/T)
6 BM1 (M/T)
P–G
15
BR–B
B–W
P–G
IE3
P–G
8
I6
1
2
BG
186
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
W–B
B23
BI
IC
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKE R
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
P–G
P–G
L–W
L–W
I8
L–W
W–B
W–B
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
W–B
W–B
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
L–W
W–B
W
P
L
L–R
4
W–B
1
B2
BLOWER
MOTOR
B3
BLOWER
RESISTOR
M
FROM PANEL RELAY
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY
L
2
3
1
L–O
L–B
L–W
L–R
P
5 A
1 A
2 A
3 A
4 A
5 B
6 B
G–W
W
L–Y
6 A
L–W
W–B
(CANADA)
G
L–R
I11
(USA)
L–B
2
3 B
2 B
A/C
OFF
A10
C
, A11 A
LO
M1
M2
HI
, A12 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
187
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
R–L
1
R–L
R–L
7. 5A
GAUGE
P–G
7 3C (M/T)
8 3C (A/T)
L–W
8 3D
2
1
J/B
NO. 3
9
3A
W–B
R–L
(EX. * 1)
W–B
9 3D
2 3C
(* 1)
R–L
W–B
R–L
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
R–L
P–G
(* 1)
L–W
BR–W
L–O
L–Y
R–L
BR–B
Y
1
14 C
FACE
A10
C
, A11 A
B/L
, A12 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
188
FOOT
F/D
3 C
DEF
R–L
Y
5 C
G
BR–B
4 C
(USA)
L–Y
13 C
G–W
L–O
12 C
(CANADA)
BR–W
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY (USA)
FROM PANEL RELAY (CANADA)
10 C
11
R–L
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R–L
(EX. * 1)
W–B
(EX. * 1)
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
A17
AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR
(EX. * 1)
R–L
(* 1)
R–L
4
FRESH
L
3
G
1
P–G
P–G
10
L–W
L–W
11
BR–W
BR–W
1
L–O
L–O
2
L–Y
L–Y
3
BR–B
BR–B
4
Y
Y
5
R–L
6
W–B
7
RECIRC
R–L
M
R–L
(* 1)
R–L
W–B
W–B
L
R–Y
1 C
11 C
DEF
FOOT
(* 1)
16
W–B
W–B
G
9 C
M
(* 1)
(EX. * 1)
(* 1)
I¥C
FOOT/DEF
(EX. * 1)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
4
15
BI–LEVEL
W–B
FACE
W–B
A18
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
15 C
DEFOGGER
RECIRC
A10
C
FRESH
, A11 A
, A12 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
189
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
SERVICE HINTS
A14 A/C THERMISTOR
3–4 : APPROX. 4852 AT 0°C (32°F)
APPROX. 2341 AT 15°C (59°F)
APPROX. 1500 AT 25°C (77°F)
A13 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 206 KPA (30 PSI, 2.1 KG/CM2) OR ABOVE 2648 KPA (384 PSI, 27 KG/CM2)
W 3 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 83°C (184.4°F)
B 3 BLOWER RESISTOR
1–3 : APPROX. 0.45 3–2 : APPROX. 0.78 2–4 : APPROX. 0.91 A 9 A/C AMPLIFIER
7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
18–9
: CONTINUITY WITH WATER TEMP. SW CLOSED [BELOW APPROX. 83°C (181.4°F)]
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING
11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON
A17 AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR
4–3 : CLOSED WITH AIR INLET DAMPER AT RECIRC POSITION
4–1 : CLOSED WITH AIR INLET DAMPER AT FRESH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A3
SEE PAGE
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A9
A10
A11
A12
C
A
B
A13
A14
A15
CODE
A17
26
26
A18
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
A25
A26
B2
B3
D3
27
27
26
26
26
25 (3S–GTE)
E6
SEE PAGE
A
CODE
E6
I11
J1
J3
R5
V3
W3
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
5
SEE PAGE
20
21
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3A
3C
3D
SEE PAGE
22
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA3
IE1
IE4
IH1
II2
II3
II4
BM1
BM2
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30 (3S–GTE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
34
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
BE
BG
BI
190
SEE PAGE
32
36
36
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BACK PANEL CENTER
SEE PAGE
B
24 (5S–FE)
C
24 (5S–FE)
26
26
26
27
24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
27
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
28 (5S–FE)
E3
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I6
I8
I10
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I11
34
COWL WIRE
I17
34
A/C SUB WIRE
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B3
34
COWL WIRE
B4
B23
191
GROUND POINT
* 1 : W/ EHPS, W/ FOG LIGHT USA
W–B
W–B
W–B
B13
W–B
POWER STEERING PUMP
WITH MOTOR (USA)
W–B
POWER STEERING
RELAY (USA)
W–B
POWER STEERING
ECU (USA)
W–B
B11
W–B
B2
W–B
W–B
W–B
(W/O EHPS)
B4
W–B
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
AND CLEARANCE
LIGHT RH
(W/O EHPS)
W–B
B7
B6
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
B5
B3
RETRACT MOTOR RH
W–B
(* 1)
FRONT LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT DOOR
COURTESY SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SW
(W/O EHPS)
W–B
ABS ACTUATOR
FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHT RH
W–B
B3
B7
W–B
B11
W–B
W–B
B3
(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
(W/O EHPS)
5
HEATER RELAY
5
(E)
W–B
W–B
B12
(* 1)
W–B
B3
W–B
W–B
FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHT LH
B12
(W/O EHPS)
W–B
W–B
RETRACT MOTOR LH
FRONT LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT DOOR
COURTESY SW
(W/ SEQURITY)
(W/ EHPS)
W–B
B5
W–B
W–B
B5
W–B
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
AND CLEARANCE
LIGHT LH
(W/O EHPS)
W–B
W–B
W–B
(W/O EHPS)
B16
(* 1)
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
W–B
(W/O EHPS)
FOG LIGHT RH
W–B
B3
W–B
W–B
FOG LIGHT LH
FAN RELAY NO. 2
(W/ EHPS)
FAN MAIN RELAY
5
(–S)
5
FAN RELAY NO. 3
W–B
BF
192
BE
W–B
(W/ EHPS)
W–B
(W/O EHPS)
W–B
W–B
W–B
B6
POWER STEERING
DRIVER
BR
(E01)
W–B
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
(M/T)
(E02)
(ENGINE AND
ECT ECU)
(A/T)
COOLING FAN ECU
(FOR ENGINE
COMPARTMENT)
(3S–GTE)
BR
3
W–B
E18
BR
(3S–GTE)
W–B
BR
(3S–GTE)
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
(3S–GTE)
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION
SYSTEM)
W–B
E17
E23
BR
(3S–GTE)
BR
SPEED SENSOR
(FOR ECT SYSTEM)
E23
W–B
EC1
BR
3
W–B
BR
E11
(3S–GTE)
E15
E16
(5S–FE)
7
W–B
W–B COMBINATION METER
(ET)
IE1
(5S–FE)
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
SENSOR
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
(5S–FE)
W–B
BR
EA3
W–B
BR
(5S–FE)
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
(E1)
2
W–B
E16
(A/T)
OXYGEN SENSOR
(SUB)
(3S–GTE)
W–B
BR
HO2S
(OXYGEN SENSOR)
COMBINATION METER
(ET)
W–B
BR
E23
DLC
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
(E1)
W–B
IE1
W–B
(E1)
7
W–B
EA3
W–B
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION
SYSTEM)
(5S–FE)
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
E10
EA
19
BR–W
W–B
IH1
2
W–B
IE4
W–B
B23
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–B
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL
RELAY AND MOTOR
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
W–B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER (–)
W–B
B28
7
EA1
W–B
W–B
B28
B25
W–B
W–B
STARTER RELAY
B
W–B
REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT KEY
UNLOCK SW
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W–B
HIGH MOUNT STOP
LIGHT
W–B
CIRCUIT OPENING
RELAY
2
EFI MAIN RELAY
2
3
BN1
B23
B26
2
W–B
B
(E)
W–B
2
W–B
(–S)
IGNITION MAIN
RELAY
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B28
W–B
LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
BG
BI
BH
193
GROUND POINT
W–B
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
W–B
W–B
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
10
I2
W–B
W–B
W–B
B18
7
3B
W–B
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
W–B
I10
W–B
IGNITION SW AND
UNLOCK WARNING SW
CLOCK
9
3B
W–B
SEAT BELT WARNING
RELAY
10
3C
W–B
COMBINATION METER
(EP)
11
3C
W–B
COMBINATION SW
(EL)
11
3D
B19
W–B
DOOR KEY CYLINDER
LIGHT AND OUTSIDE
HANDLE SW
W–B
DEFOGGER RELAY
W–B
W–B
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW LH
7
3A
1
(EX. * 1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
B18
W–B
POWER WINDOW MASTER
SW AND DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW LH
W–B
W–B
B18
BUCKLE SW
(* 1)
6
B18
W–B
I9
W–B
3D
3A
W–B
OUTSIDE HANDLE
SW
W–B
3B
W–B
COMBINATION SW (ED)
8
W–B
I2
W–B
COMBINATION SW
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
10
(* 1)
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
B18
10
W–B
IK1
B9
W–B
W–B
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
W–B
CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR
W–B
IF1
RHEOSTAT
W–B
(EX. *1)
W–B
12
W–B
W–B
FOG LIGHT SW
I11
3D
I2
W–B
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(E2)
W–B
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
W–B
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
W–B
COMBINATION SW
(GND)
I10
BR
W–B
REAR WOOFER
AMPLIFIER LH
BR
REAR WOOFER
AMPLIFIER RH
BR
B22
I3
W–B
I11
W–B
BR
(* 2)
W–B
W–B
(* 3)
O/D MAIN SW
W–B
A/T INDICATOR
LIGHT
W–B
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
W–B
RADIO AND PLAYER
BR
I18
W–B
BR
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
IB
ABS ECU
W–B
I17
(EX. * 1)
W–B
W
16
IH1
8
W–B
I17
IH1
(W/ A/C)
W–B
W–B
(W/O A/C)
W–B
3
4 (USA)
6 (CANADA)
(EX. * 1)
19
W–B
BR–W
IH1
W–B
4
IH1
1
Y
Y
II2
I6
1
W–B
I10
W–B
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
W–B
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–B
W–B
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
I11
W–B
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY
WATER TEMP. SW
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
BLOWER RESISTOR
2
6 4
IC
194
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
(CANADA)
(USA)
* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)
(3) USA (M/T) WITH ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
W–B
* 2 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER
* 3 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
W–B
(EX. * 1)
(USA)
W–B
2
4
IE3
BM1
(A/T)
W–B
11
W–B
EA1
W–B
4
CRUISE CONTROL
CLUTCH SW
COMBINATION SW
(* 1)
14
W–B
STARTER RELAY
(M/T)
5
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
I5
(USA)
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
6
W–B
(M/T)
W–B
(CANADA)
W–B
15
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
W–B
16
(* 1)
W–B
18
(* 1)
19
I11
(* 1)
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
I8
10
IJ1
W–B
W–B
W–B
17
(* 1)
B15
W–B
BR
1
EA1
BR
W–B
8
3
BR
BR
BM2 BM1
(A/T)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER
LIGHT AND OUTSIDE
HANDLE SW
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW RH
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
W–B
(CANADA)
VSPG
(SPEED SENSOR)
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW
RH
B15
B15
W–B
W–B
POWER MAIN RELAY
B15
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
CLOCK
RHEOSTAT
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
FUEL PUMP
W–B
W–B
7
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
W–B
DOOR LOCK ECU
W–B
I10
(A/T)
W–B
SHIFT LOCK ECU
I10
BR
I4
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
COMBINATION METER
(ES)
(M/T)
BR
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(E1)
W–B
BR
W–B
W–B
FUEL SENDER
W–B
ID
195
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
CODE
26
J3
SEE PAGE
CODE
26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
20
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
21
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
21
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
28 (5S–FE)
EA1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
28 (5S–FE)
EA3
EC1
30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO
NO. 2 INNER)
28 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1
IE3
IF1
32
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
32
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II2
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
34
COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
34
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
36
ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM1
BM2
BN1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
28 (5S–FE)
EA
30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB
32
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
32
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE
36
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
36
FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG
36
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BH
36
UNDER THE RIGHT REAR PILLAR
BI
36
BACK PANEL CENTER
196
SEE PAGE
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E7
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B3
B4
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
E15
B5
E16
ENGINE WIRE
E17
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
36
FLOOR WIRE
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B6
B7
E18
E21
SEE PAGE
B2
E10
E11
CODE
B9
30 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
B11
E23
B12
I2
B13
I3
B15
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I4
B16
36
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I5
B18
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
36
COWL WIRE
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I6
34
COWL WIRE
B19
I8
B22
I9
B23
I10
B25
I11
B26
I17
34
A/C SUB WIRE
B27
I18
34
COWL WIRE
B28
197